See in Reader
1457 lines
370 KiB
Plaintext
1457 lines
370 KiB
Plaintext
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||
MRK front intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Mark<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-13)<br>1. The ministry of Jesus in Galilee<br> * Early ministry (1:14-3:6)<br> * Jesus becomes more popular among the people (3:7-5:43)<br> * Moving away from Galilee and then returning (6:1-8:26)<br>1. Progress toward Jerusalem, repeated times when Jesus predicts his own death; the disciples misunderstand, and Jesus teaches them how difficult it will be to follow him (8:27-10:52)<br>1. Last days of ministry and preparation for final conflict in Jerusalem (11:1-13:37)<br>1. The death of Christ and the empty tomb (14:1-16:8)<br><br>### What is the Book of Mark about?<br><br>The Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Mark wrote much about how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. He did this to encourage his readers who were being persecuted. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel according to Mark.” They may also choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Mark?<br><br>The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark. Mark was also known as John Mark. He was a close friend of Peter. Mark may not have witnessed what Jesus said and did. But many scholars think that Mark wrote in his gospel what Peter told him about Jesus.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?<br><br>The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What are the Synoptic Gospels?<br><br>The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”<br><br>The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. And all the people will worship him forever.<br><br>Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### Why does Mark frequently use terms indicating short periods of time?<br><br>The Gospel of Mark uses the word “immediately” forty-two times. Mark does this to make the events more exciting and vivid. It moves the reader quickly from one event to the next.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Mark?<br><br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to include these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these verses, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Mark’s Gospel.<br>* “If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.” (7:16)<br>* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:44)<br>* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:46)<br>* “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘He was counted with the lawless ones’” (15:28)<br><br>The following passage in not found in the earliest manuscripts. Most Bibles include this passage, but modern Bibles put it in brackets ([]) or indicate in some way that this passage may not have been original to Mark’s Gospel. Translators are advised to do something similar as the modern versions of the Bible.<br>* “Early on the first day of the week, after he arose, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons. She went and told those who were with him, while they were mourning and weeping. They heard that he was alive and that he had been seen by her, but they did not believe. After these things he appeared in a different form to two of them, as they were walking out into the country. They went and told the rest of the disciples, but they did not believe them. Jesus later appeared to the eleven as they were reclining at the table, and he rebuked them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who saw him after he rose from the dead. He said to them, ‘Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to the entire creation. He who believes and is baptized will be saved, and he who does not believe will be condemned. These signs will go with those who believe: In my name they will cast out demons. They will speak in new languages. They will pick up snakes with their hands, and if they drink anything deadly, it will not hurt them. They will lay hands on the sick, and they will get well.’ After the Lord had spoken to them, he was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God. The disciples left and preached everywhere, while the Lord worked with them and confirmed the word by the signs that went with them.” (16:9-20)<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
MRK 1 intro c6ep 0 # Mark 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You can make me clean”<br><br>Leprosy was a disease of the skin that made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### “The kingdom of God is near”<br><br>Scholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.”
|
||
MRK 1 1 s8qp 0 General Information: The book of Mark begins with the prophet Isaiah’s foretelling of the coming of John the Baptist, who baptizes Jesus. The author is Mark, also called John Mark, who is the son of one of the several women named Mary mentioned in the four Gospels. He is also the nephew of Barnabas.
|
||
MRK 1 1 i3bc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
MRK 1 2 gu7i figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 before your face This is an idiom that means “ahead of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 1 2 s28q figs-you προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 your face … your way Here the words **your** refer to Jesus and are singular. When you translate these, use the pronoun “your” because this is a quote from a prophet, and he did not use Jesus’ name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
MRK 1 2 wry5 ὃς 1 who This refers to the messenger.
|
||
MRK 1 2 kl12 figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 will prepare your way Doing this represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. Alternate translation: “will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 1 3 lkm3 φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 The voice of one crying out in the wilderness This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: “The voice of one crying out in the wilderness is heard” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness”
|
||
MRK 1 3 v3n3 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord; make his paths straight These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
MRK 1 3 peh5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord “Get the road ready for the Lord.” Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord’s message when he comes. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 1 3 xlxd figs-explicit ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord People prepare for the Lord by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Repent and be ready for the Lord to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 1 4 j798 0 General Information: In these verses the words **he**, **him**, and **his** refer to John.
|
||
MRK 1 4 yg66 ἐγένετο Ἰωάννης 1 John came Be sure your reader understands that John was the messenger spoken of by the prophet Isaiah in the previous verse.
|
||
MRK 1 5 u9yg figs-metaphor πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες 1 the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem The word **region** are a metaphor for the people who live in the country. Alternate translation: “the people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 1 5 cf75 figs-hyperbole πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες 1 the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem Here, **the whole region** and **all the people** are generalizations that refers to a great number of people, not to every single person. Alternate translation: “many people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
MRK 1 5 h8h7 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins They did these things at the same time. The people were baptized because they repented of their sins. Alternate translation: “when they repented of their sins, John baptized them in the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 1 7 l7jd ἐκήρυσσεν 1 he was proclaiming “John was proclaiming”
|
||
MRK 1 7 g8fw figs-metaphor οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς, κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 of whom the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down to untie John is comparing himself to a servant to show how great Jesus is. Alternate translation: “and I am not even worthy to do the lowly task of removing his shoes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 1 7 q5m4 τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 the strap of his sandals At the time Jesus was on earth, people often wore sandals that were made of leather and tied to their feet with leather straps.
|
||
MRK 1 7 iz8v κύψας 1 to stoop down “to bend down”
|
||
MRK 1 8 e4qi figs-metaphor αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the future baptism with the **Holy Spirit**. This means John’s baptism only symbolically cleanses people of their sins. The baptism by the Holy Spirit will truly cleanse people of their sins. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for John’s baptism to keep the comparison between the two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 1 9 u65k writing-newevent ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 it happened that in those days This marks the beginning of a new event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
MRK 1 9 gi39 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη…ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου 1 he was baptized by John You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 1 10 m5f6 figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the Spirit coming down on him like a dove This could mean: (1) this is a simile, and **the Spirit** descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground. (2) the **Spirit** literally looked **like a dove** as he descended upon Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
MRK 1 11 e6ke figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 a voice came out of the heavens The **voice** represents God speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 1 11 ky16 figs-euphemism φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 a voice came out of the heavens Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
MRK 1 11 s6f4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 my beloved Son This is an important title for Jesus. The Father calls Jesus his **beloved Son** because of his eternal love for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
MRK 1 12 yv6v 0 Connecting Statement: After Jesus’ baptism, he is in the wilderness for 40 days and then goes to Galilee to teach and call his disciples.
|
||
MRK 1 12 gp1e αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει 1 compelled him to go out “forced Jesus to go out”
|
||
MRK 1 13 w3ct ἦν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 he was in the wilderness “he stayed in the wilderness”
|
||
MRK 1 13 k45w translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα ἡμέρας 1 40 days “forty days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
MRK 1 13 siu3 ἦν μετὰ 1 he was with “he was among”
|
||
MRK 1 14 q12s figs-activepassive μετὰ…τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 after John was arrested “after John was placed in prison.” You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after they arrested John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 1 14 ns6b κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 proclaiming the gospel “telling many people about the good news”
|
||
MRK 1 15 i9a9 πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς 1 The time has been fulfilled “It is now time”
|
||
MRK 1 15 bs8j ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God has come near “it is almost time for God to begin to rule over his people”
|
||
MRK 1 16 wl35 εἶδεν Σίμωνα καὶ Ἀνδρέαν 1 he saw Simon and Andrew “Jesus saw Simon and Andrew”
|
||
MRK 1 16 z3j9 figs-explicit ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 casting a net into the sea The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 1 17 zui3 δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Come after me “Follow me” or “Come with me”
|
||
MRK 1 17 mlc6 figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 I will make you to become fishers of men This metaphor means Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s true message, so others will also follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 1 19 g41w figs-explicit ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ 1 in the boat It can be assumed that this **boat** belongs to James and John. Alternate translation: “in their boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 1 19 xl2m ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα 1 were in the boat mending the nets “were in the boat repairing the nets”
|
||
MRK 1 20 zjz5 figs-explicit ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 having called them It may be helpful to state clearly why Jesus called to James and John. Alternate translation: “having called them to come with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 1 20 jd8i τῶν μισθωτῶν 1 the hired servants “the servants who worked for them”
|
||
MRK 1 20 b2ci ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 they went after him James and John went with Jesus.
|
||
MRK 1 21 ee4j 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus teaches in the synagogue of the town of Capernaum on the Sabbath. By sending a demon out of a man he amazes the people in all the nearby area around Galilee.
|
||
MRK 1 21 d4mr εἰσπορεύονται εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 came into Capernaum “arriving at Capernaum”
|
||
MRK 1 22 bsc9 figs-ellipsis ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 for he was teaching them as having authority and not as the scribes You can state the idea of “teach” clearly when talking about someone **having authority** and **the scribes**. Alternate translation: “for he was teaching them as someone who has authority teaches and not as the scribes teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 1 24 ra8g figs-rquestion τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ? 1 What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth? The demons ask this rhetorical question meaning there is no reason for Jesus to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 1 24 m8gz figs-rquestion ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Have you come to destroy us? The demons ask this rhetorical question to urge Jesus not to harm them. Alternate translation: “Do not destroy us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 1 26 ar6h σπαράξαν αὐτὸν 1 having thrown him down Here the word **him** refers to the demon-possessed man.
|
||
MRK 1 26 u7rn φωνῆσαν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 having cried out with a loud voice The demon is the one who is crying out, not the man.
|
||
MRK 1 27 lqm1 figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν τοῦτο? διδαχὴ καινή κατ’ ἐξουσίαν! καὶ τοῖς πνεύμασι τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις ἐπιτάσσει, καὶ ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ! 1 “What is this? A new teaching according to authority! He even commands the unclean spirits and they obey him!” The people used the two questions to show how amazed they were. The questions can be expressed as exclamations. Alternate translation: “they said to each other, ‘This is amazing! He gives a new teaching, and he speaks with authority! And when he tells the demons what to do, they obey him!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 1 27 nfv2 ἐπιτάσσει 1 He commands **He** refers to Jesus.
|
||
MRK 1 29 ybs7 0 Connecting Statement: After healing the demon-possessed man, Jesus healed Simon’s mother-in-law and many other people.
|
||
MRK 1 30 ng3t writing-participants ἡ δὲ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 Now the mother-in-law of Simon was lying down, being sick with a fever The word **Now** introduces Simon’s mother-in-law to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
MRK 1 30 bvvl writing-background ἡ…πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 the mother-in-law of Simon was lying down, being sick with a fever This gives background information about Peter's mother-in-law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
MRK 1 31 qtw2 ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν 1 he raised her up “he caused her to stand” or “he made her able to get out of bed”
|
||
MRK 1 31 sff6 figs-explicit ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός 1 the fever left her You may want to make explicit who healed her. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her of the fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 1 31 i5br figs-explicit διηκόνει αὐτοῖς 1 she started serving them You may want to make explicit that she served food. Alternate translation: “she provided them with food and drinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 1 32 b8sl 0 General Information: Here the words **him** and **he** refer to Jesus.
|
||
MRK 1 32 d1i7 figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους 1 all those having sickness and those possessed by demons The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize the great number of people who came. Alternate translation: “many who were sick or possessed by demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
MRK 1 33 grp2 figs-metonymy ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν 1 the whole city was gathered together at the door The word **city** is a metonym for the people who lived in the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 1 33 xe3p figs-hyperbole ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν 1 the whole city was gathered together at the door Here the word **whole** is probably a generalization to emphasize that most people from the city gathered. Alternate translation: “Many people from that city gathered outside the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
MRK 1 35 zi68 0 General Information: Here the words **he** and **him** refer to Jesus.
|
||
MRK 1 35 z4kt 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus takes time to pray in the midst of his time of healing people. He then goes to towns throughout Galilee to preach, heal, and cast out demons.
|
||
MRK 1 35 rbb9 ἔρημον τόπον 1 a solitary place “a place where he could be alone”
|
||
MRK 1 36 eia3 Σίμων καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Simon and those who were with him Here, **him** refers to Simon. Also, those with him include Andrew, James, John, and possibly other people.
|
||
MRK 1 37 vgc7 figs-hyperbole πάντες ζητοῦσίν σε 1 Everyone is seeking you The word **Everyone** is an exaggeration to emphasize the very many people who were looking for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Many people are looking for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
MRK 1 38 ve8a 0 General Information: Here the words **he** and **I** refer to Jesus.
|
||
MRK 1 38 plm9 ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ 1 We may go elsewhere “We need to go to some other place.” Here Jesus uses the word **We** to refer to himself, along with Simon, Andrew, James, and John.
|
||
MRK 1 39 zs4i figs-hyperbole ἦλθεν…εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 He went in all of Galilee The words **in all** are an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations during his ministry. Alternate translation: “He went to many places in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
MRK 1 40 i2af ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτὸν λεπρὸς, παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν καὶ γονυπετῶν λέγων αὐτῷ 1 a leper was coming to him, begging him and kneeling down, was saying to him “a leper came to Jesus. He knelt down and was begging Jesus and said”
|
||
MRK 1 40 m4j7 figs-ellipsis ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 If you may be willing, you are able to make me clean In the first phrase, the words “to make me clean” are understood because they appear in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to make me clean, then you can make me clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 1 40 u9ew θέλῃς 1 you may be willing “you want” or “you desire”
|
||
MRK 1 40 e5am figs-metaphor δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 you are able to make me clean In biblical times, a person who had any of certain skin diseases was considered unclean until his skin had healed enough that he was no longer contagious. Alternate translation: “you can heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 1 41 l9jg figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 having been moved with compassion Here the word **moved** is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another’s need. Alternate translation: “having compassion for him, Jesus” or “Jesus felt compassion for the man, so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 1 41 qjz4 figs-ellipsis θέλω 1 I am willing It may be helpful to state what Jesus is willing to do. Alternate translation: “I am willing to make you clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 1 43 iw7t 0 General Information: The word **him** used here refers to the leper whom Jesus healed.
|
||
MRK 1 44 a7hs ὅρα μηδενὶ, μηδὲν εἴπῃς 1 See that you may say nothing to anyone “Be sure to not say anything to anyone”
|
||
MRK 1 44 xhu8 figs-explicit σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 show yourself to the priest Jesus told the man to **show** himself **to the priest** so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest if they had been unclean but were no longer unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 1 44 w6b2 figs-synecdoche σεαυτὸν δεῖξον 1 show yourself The word **yourself** here represents the skin of the leper. Alternate translation: “show your skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
MRK 1 44 ish7 μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 a testimony to them It is best to use the pronoun **them**, if possible, in your language. This could be: (1) a testimony to the priests. (2) a testimony to the people.
|
||
MRK 1 45 m63p ὁ δὲ ἐξελθὼν 1 But having gone out, he The word **he** refers to the man Jesus healed.
|
||
MRK 1 45 i91a figs-metaphor ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον 1 began to proclaim often and to spread the word widely Here, **spread the word widely** is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. Alternate translation: “began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done” (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 1 45 bn6r ὥστε 1 so that “so much that”
|
||
MRK 1 45 l9es figs-explicit ὥστε μηκέτι αὐτὸν δύνασθαι φανερῶς εἰς πόλιν εἰσελθεῖν 1 so that Jesus was able no longer to enter a town openly This was the result of the man spreading the news so much. Here, **openly** is a metaphor for “publicly.” Jesus could not enter the towns because many people would crowd around him. Alternate translation: “that Jesus could no longer enter a town publicly” or “that Jesus could no longer enter the towns in a way that many people would see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 1 45 d5lw ἐρήμοις τόποις 1 desolate places “lonely places” or “places where no one lived”
|
||
MRK 1 45 z363 figs-hyperbole πάντοθεν 1 from all sides The word **all sides** is a hyperbole used to emphasize how very many places the people came from. Alternate translation: “from all over the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
MRK 2 intro zhb5 0 # Mark 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Sinners”<br><br>When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fasting and Feasting<br><br>People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>The Jewish leaders used rhetorical questions to show that they were angry because of what Jesus said and did and that they did not believe that he was God’s Son ([Mark 2:7](../../mrk/02/07.md)). Jesus used them to show the Jewish leaders that they were arrogant ([Mark 2:25-26](./25.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 2 1 se22 0 Connecting Statement: After preaching and healing people throughout Galilee, Jesus returns to Capernaum where he heals and forgives the sin of a paralyzed man.
|
||
MRK 2 1 ir5j figs-activepassive ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν 1 it was heard that he is at home You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the people there heard that he was staying at his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 2 2 d3iy figs-explicit καὶ συνήχθησαν πολλοὶ 1 And many gathered The people **gathered** to the house where Jesus stayed in Capernaum. Alternate translation: “And many people gathered there” or “And many people came to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 2 2 e7d4 figs-explicit μηκέτι χωρεῖν…τὰ 1 there was no more space This refers to there being no space inside the house. Alternate translation: “there was no more room for them inside the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 2 2 dps4 ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον 1 he was speaking the word to them “Jesus was speaking his message to them”
|
||
MRK 2 3 n643 αἰρόμενον ὑπὸ τεσσάρων 1 being carried by four men “and four of them were carrying him.” It is likely that there were more than four people within the group that brought the man to Jesus.
|
||
MRK 2 3 c1vr φέροντες…παραλυτικὸν 1 bringing a paralyzed man “bringing a man who was unable to walk or use his arms”
|
||
MRK 2 4 h3yn μὴ δυνάμενοι προσενέγκαι αὐτῷ 1 not being able to approach him “they could not get close to where Jesus was”
|
||
MRK 2 4 v6ma ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες, χαλῶσι 1 they removed the roof where he was, and having made an opening, they lowered Houses where Jesus lived had flat roofs made of clay and covered with tiles. The process of making a hole in the roof can be explained more clearly or made more general so that it may be understood in your language. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered”
|
||
MRK 2 5 trg9 figs-explicit ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 having seen their faith “Having seen the men’s faith.” This could mean: (1) only the men who carried the paralyzed man had **faith**. (2) the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had **faith**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 2 5 hzg6 figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 Child The word **Child** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. Alternate translation: “My son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 2 5 vd3i ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 your sins are forgiven If possible translate this in such a way that Jesus does not clearly say who forgives the man’s **sins**. Alternate translation: “your sins are gone” or “you do not have to pay for your sins” or “your sins do not count against you”
|
||
MRK 2 6 le6v figs-metonymy διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 reasoning in their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 2 7 yr5a figs-rquestion τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ? 1 Why does this man speak this way? The scribes used this question to show their anger that Jesus said “Your sins are forgiven.” Alternate translation: “This man should not speak this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 2 7 sj6j figs-rquestion τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός? 1 Who is able to forgive sins except God alone? The scribes used this question to say that since only **God** can **forgive sins**, then Jesus should not say “Your sins are forgiven.” Alternate translation: “Only God can forgive sins!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 2 8 niy6 τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit “in his inner being” or “in himself”
|
||
MRK 2 8 t87i οὕτως διαλογίζονται ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 they were thinking in this manner within themselves Each of the scribes was thinking to himself; they were not talking to each other.
|
||
MRK 2 8 wga7 figs-rquestion τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 Why are you thinking these things in your hearts? Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 2 8 s3m6 figs-metonymy ταῦτα…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 these things in your hearts The word **hearts** is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 2 9 wv5d figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει? 1 Which is easier to say to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins have been forgiven’ or to say ‘Get up and take up your bed, and walk’? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: “I just said to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up, take up your bed, and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal him will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” or “You may think that it is easier to say to the paralyzed man ‘Your sins are forgiven’ than it is to say ‘Get up, take up your bed, and walk.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 2 10 g4jn ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know “But so that you may know.” The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd.
|
||
MRK 2 10 jw9z figs-123person ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 that the Son of Man has authority Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man.” Alternate translation: “that I am the Son of Man and I have authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
MRK 2 12 ki94 ἔμπροσθεν πάντων 1 in front of everyone “while all the people there were watching”
|
||
MRK 2 13 ma6f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus is teaching the crowd beside the Sea of Galilee, and he calls Levi to follow him.
|
||
MRK 2 13 t2sc τὴν θάλασσαν 1 the sea This is the Sea of Galilee, which is also known as the Lake of Gennesaret.
|
||
MRK 2 13 iw43 ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν 1 the crowd was coming to him “the people went where he was”
|
||
MRK 2 14 sc4g translate-names Λευεὶν τὸν τοῦ Ἁλφαίου 1 Levi son of Alphaeus **Alphaeus** was Levi’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 2 15 udb2 0 Connecting Statement: It is now later in the day, and Jesus is at Levi’s house for a meal.
|
||
MRK 2 15 if3i τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 his house “the home of Levi”
|
||
MRK 2 15 qf38 ἁμαρτωλοὶ 1 sinners people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins
|
||
MRK 2 15 bwv2 ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ 1 for there were many and they were following him This could mean: (1) there were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus. (2) Jesus had many disciples and they followed him.
|
||
MRK 2 16 b1bi figs-rquestion ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει? 1 Why is he eating with the tax collectors and sinners? The scribes and Pharisees asked this question to show they disapproved of Jesus’ hospitality. This can be worded as a statement. Alternate translation: “He should not eat with sinners and tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 2 17 ba3n 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus responds to what the scribes had said to his disciples about his eating with tax collectors and sinful people.
|
||
MRK 2 17 q8r6 λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 said to them “he said to the scribes”
|
||
MRK 2 17 ak1u writing-proverbs οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The ones being healthy do not have need of a physician, but the ones having sickness Jesus used this proverb about sick people and doctors to teach them that only people who know that they are sinful realize that they need Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||
MRK 2 17 ca8h figs-irony οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 I came not to call the righteous, but sinners Jesus expects his hearers to understand he came for those who want help. Alternate translation: “I came for people who understand they are sinful, not for people who believe they are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
MRK 2 17 ca4e figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 but sinners The words “I came to call” are understood from the phrase before this. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 2 18 zkz9 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells parables to show why his disciples should not fast while he is with them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
MRK 2 18 f1ds ἦσαν…οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες…οἱ μαθηταὶ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 the Pharisees were fasting … the disciples of the Pharisees These two phrases refer to the same group of people, but the second is more specific. Both refer to the followers of the Pharisee sect, but they do not focus on the leaders of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “the disciples of the Pharisees were fasting … the disciples of the Pharisees”
|
||
MRK 2 18 z394 ἔρχονται 1 they are coming “some men are coming.” It is best to translate this phrase without specifying exactly who these men are. If in your language you have to be more specific, this could mean: (1) these men were not among John’s disciples or the disciples of the Pharisees. (2) these men were among John’s disciples.
|
||
MRK 2 18 vl3z ἔρχονται καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 they are coming and saying to him “they came and said to Jesus”
|
||
MRK 2 19 eke3 figs-rquestion μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? 1 The sons of the wedding chamber are not able to fast while the bridegroom is still with them, are they? Jesus uses this question to remind the people of something they already know and to encourage them to apply it to him and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Wedding attendants do not fast while the bridegroom is with them. Rather they celebrate and feast.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 2 20 vg2u figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ…ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom may be taken away You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 2 20 c7ik ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν…νηστεύσουσιν 1 may be taken away from them … they will fast The word **them** and **they** refer to the wedding attendants.
|
||
MRK 2 21 v6xc figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν 1 No one sews a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment Sewing a piece of new **cloth** on an old garment will make the hole on an old garment worse if the piece of new cloth has not yet shrunk. Both the new cloth and **old garment** will be ruined. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 2 22 dw15 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to tell another parable. This one is about putting new wine into old wineskins rather than into new wineskins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
MRK 2 22 y7rw οἶνον νέον 1 new wine “grape juice.” This refers to **wine** that has not fermented yet. If grapes are unknown in your area, use the general term for fruit juice.
|
||
MRK 2 22 n7ha ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς 1 old wineskins This refers to **wineskins** that have been used many times.
|
||
MRK 2 22 fk15 ἀσκοὺς 1 wineskins These were bags made out of animal skins. They could also be called “wine bags” or “skin bags.”
|
||
MRK 2 22 w35r ῥήξει ὁ οἶνος τοὺς ἀσκούς 1 the wine will burst the wineskins New **wine** expands as it ferments, so it would cause old, brittle **wineskins** to tear open.
|
||
MRK 2 22 bef2 ἀπόλλυται 1 will be destroyed “will be ruined”
|
||
MRK 2 22 c9z6 ἀσκοὺς καινούς 1 fresh wineskins “new wineskins” or “new wine bags.” This refers to **wineskins** that have never been used.
|
||
MRK 2 23 t8ni 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus gives the Pharisees an example from scripture to show why the disciples were not wrong to pick grain on the Sabbath.
|
||
MRK 2 23 jya1 figs-explicit τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας 1 picking the heads of grain Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. The disciples were **picking the heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. This can be worded to show the full meaning. Alternate translation: “picking heads of grain and eating the seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 2 23 k3pa τοὺς στάχυας 1 the heads of grain The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant.
|
||
MRK 2 24 ng1d 0 Connecting Statement: The Pharisees ask a question about what the disciples were doing (verse 23).
|
||
MRK 2 24 x5ll ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν 1 are they doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it (verse 23) was not considered stealing. The question was whether it was **lawful** to do this on the Sabbath.
|
||
MRK 2 24 h41a figs-rquestion ἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν? 1 Look, why are they doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths? The Pharisees ask Jesus a question to condemn him. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look! They are breaking the Jewish law concerning the Sabbaths.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 2 24 bf8w ἴδε 1 Look “Look at this” or “Listen.” This is a word used to get the attention of someone to show them something. If there is a word in your language that is used to draw a person’s attention to something, you could use that here.
|
||
MRK 2 25 dd1z 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to scold the Pharisees by asking them a question.
|
||
MRK 2 25 g1xw λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 he said to them “Jesus said to the Pharisees”
|
||
MRK 2 25 d236 figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ…οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ? 1 Have you never read what David did when he had need and was hungry—he and the ones with him— Jesus asks this question to remind the scribes and Pharisees of something **David did** on the Sabbath. The question is very long, so it can be divided into two sentences. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 2 25 g8sf figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ 1 Have you never read what David did You can state this as a command. Alternate translation: “Remember what you read about what David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 2 25 r14d figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ 1 Have you never read what David did Jesus refers to reading about David in the Old Testament. You can translate this showing the implicit information. Alternate translation: “Have you not read in the scriptures what David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 2 26 x3bb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes asking the question he began in verse 25.
|
||
MRK 2 26 zmd3 figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ…τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ οὖσιν? 1 how he went into the house of God during Abiathar the high priest, and ate the bread of the presence, which is not lawful to eat, except for the priests, and he also gave some to those being with him? This can be expressed as a statement separate from verse 25. Alternate translation: “He went into the house of God during Abiathar the high priest, and ate the bread of the presence, which is not lawful to eat, except for the priests, and he also gave some to those being with him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 2 26 al82 πῶς εἰσῆλθεν 1 how he went The word **he** refers to David.
|
||
MRK 2 26 y57j τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 the bread of the presence This refers to the 12 loaves of **bread** that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times.
|
||
MRK 2 27 i374 figs-activepassive τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο 1 The Sabbath was made for man Jesus makes clear why God established the Sabbath. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 2 27 u83s figs-gendernotations τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 man “mankind” or “people” or “the needs of people.” This word here refers to both men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
MRK 2 27 s2yd figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον 1 not man for the Sabbath The words **was made** are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “man was not made for the Sabbath” or “God did not make man for the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 3 intro x969 0 # Mark 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sabbath<br><br>It was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”<br><br>No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>### Brothers and Sisters<br><br>Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
|
||
MRK 3 1 cp3e 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus heals a man on the Sabbath in the synagogue and shows how he feels about what the Pharisees had done with the Sabbath rules. The Pharisees and Herodians begin to plan to put Jesus to death.
|
||
MRK 3 1 y5l9 ἄνθρωπος, ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα 1 a man having a withered hand “a man with a crippled hand”
|
||
MRK 3 2 v2yj παρετήρουν αὐτὸν, εἰ τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύσει αὐτόν 1 they were watching him closely, if he will heal him on the Sabbath “some people watched Jesus closely to see if he would heal the man with the withered hand on the Sabbath day”
|
||
MRK 3 2 n5iz παρετήρουν αὐτὸν 1 they were watching him closely “some of the Pharisees were watching him closely.” Later, in [Mark 3:6](../03/06.md), these people are identified as Pharisees.
|
||
MRK 3 2 vr25 figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would **accuse him** of breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 3 3 nm6w εἰς τὸ μέσον 1 in our midst “in the middle of this crowd”
|
||
MRK 3 4 mh3z figs-rquestion ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm; to save a life, or to kill? Jesus said this to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to heal people on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 3 4 i71v figs-parallelism ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to do good, or to do harm … to save a life, or to kill These two phrases are similar in meaning, except that the second is more extreme. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
MRK 3 4 vz6c figs-ellipsis ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to save a life, or to kill It may be helpful to repeat “is it lawful,” as that is the question Jesus is asking again in another way. Alternate translation: “is it lawful to save a life, or to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 3 4 nut4 figs-metonymy ψυχὴν 1 a life This refers to physical life and is a metonym for a person. Alternate translation: “someone from dying” or “someone’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 3 4 w683 οἱ δὲ ἐσιώπων 1 But they were keeping silent “But they refused to answer him”
|
||
MRK 3 5 vr8q περιβλεψάμενος 1 having looked around “after Jesus had looked around”
|
||
MRK 3 5 nkk8 συνλυπούμενος 1 being grieved “being deeply saddened”
|
||
MRK 3 5 xwp9 figs-metaphor ἐπὶ τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 by the hardness of their heart This metaphor describes how the Pharisees were unwilling to have compassion on the man with the withered hand. Alternate translation: “because they were unwilling to have compassion on the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 3 5 e7fz ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρα σου 1 Stretch out your hand “Reach out with your hand”
|
||
MRK 3 5 c3qe figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ 1 his hand was restored You can state this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand” or “Jesus made his hand the way it was before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 3 6 dy5j συμβούλιον ἐποίουν 1 were making counsel “began to make a plan”
|
||
MRK 3 6 nvk1 τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 the Herodians This is the name of an informal political party that supported Herod Antipas.
|
||
MRK 3 6 gjw2 ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 as to how they might kill him “how they might kill Jesus”
|
||
MRK 3 7 c13n 0 Connecting Statement: A great crowd of people follows Jesus, and he heals many people.
|
||
MRK 3 7 h2v6 τὴν θάλασσαν 1 the sea This refers to the Sea of Galilee.
|
||
MRK 3 8 bi1b τῆς Ἰδουμαίας 1 Idumea This is the region, previously known as Edom, which covered the southern half of the province of Judea.
|
||
MRK 3 8 mm5v ὅσα ἐποίει 1 how much he was doing This refers to the miracles Jesus was performing. Alternate translation: “the great miracles that Jesus was performing”
|
||
MRK 3 8 gra8 ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν 1 came to him “came to where Jesus was”
|
||
MRK 3 9 q65h figs-events 0 General Information: Verse 9 tells what Jesus asked his disciples to do because of the large crowd of people around him. Verse 10 tells why such a large crowd was around Jesus. The information in these verses can be reordered to present the events in the order they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||
MRK 3 9 zu5e εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, ἵνα μὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν 1 he said to his disciples that a small boat should be waiting for him because of the crowd, so that they would not press against him As the large **crowd** was pushing forward toward Jesus, he was in danger of being crushed by them. They would not crush him intentionally. It was just that there were so many people.
|
||
MRK 3 10 e86s grammar-connect-words-phrases πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν, ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας 1 For he healed many, so that as many as had diseases pressed against him so that they might touch him This tells why so many people were crowding around Jesus that he thought they might crush him. Alternate translation: “For, because Jesus had healed many people, everyone pressed against him so that they might touch him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||
MRK 3 10 ei4n figs-ellipsis πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν 1 For he healed many The word **many** refers to the large number of people Jesus had already healed. Alternate translation: “For he healed many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 3 10 ge71 figs-explicit ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας 1 as many as had diseases pressed against him so that they might touch him They did this because they believed that touching Jesus would make them well. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “all the sick people pushed forward eagerly trying to touch him so that they might be healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 3 11 g1r5 αὐτὸν ἐθεώρουν 1 saw him “saw Jesus”
|
||
MRK 3 11 ca5i figs-explicit προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα 1 they were falling down before him and crying out, saying Here, **they** refers to the unclean spirits. It is they who are causing the people they possess to do things. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they caused the people they were possessing to fall down before him and to cry out to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 3 11 mcr9 προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ 1 they were falling down before him The unclean spirits were not **falling down before** Jesus because they loved him or wanted to worship him. They fell down before him because they were afraid of him.
|
||
MRK 3 11 xjy4 σὺ εἶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are the Son of God Jesus has power over unclean spirits because he is the **Son of God**.
|
||
MRK 3 11 xf41 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
MRK 3 12 ay6j πολλὰ ἐπετίμα αὐτοῖς 1 he was often rebuking them “Jesus often strictly ordered the unclean spirits”
|
||
MRK 3 12 npi9 μὴ αὐτὸν φανερὸν ποιήσωσιν 1 they would not make him known “they would not reveal who he was”
|
||
MRK 3 13 ue15 0 General Information: Jesus chooses the men he wants to be his apostles.
|
||
MRK 3 14 xc5r ἵνα ὦσιν μετ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἵνα ἀποστέλλῃ αὐτοὺς κηρύσσειν 1 so that they might be with him and so that he might send them to preach “so that they would be with him and he would send them to proclaim the message”
|
||
MRK 3 16 i7tf καὶ ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον 1 To Simon, also he added the name Peter The author begins to list the names of the twelve apostles. **Simon** is the first man listed.
|
||
MRK 3 17 cj3v καὶ ἐπέθηκεν αὐτοῖς 1 to whom he also added The phrase **to whom** refers to both James son of Zebedee and his brother John.
|
||
MRK 3 17 n4gy translate-names ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν υἱοὶ βροντῆς 1 the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder Jesus called them this because they were like **thunder**. Alternate translation: “the name Boanerges, which means men who are like thunder” or “the name Boanerges, which means thunder men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 3 18 mq9b translate-names Θαδδαῖον 1 Thaddaeus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 3 19 r3zs ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 who also betrayed him “who would betray Jesus” The word **who** refers to Judas Iscariot.
|
||
MRK 3 20 jxr5 καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς οἶκον 1 And he is entering into a house “Then Jesus went to the house where he was staying.”
|
||
MRK 3 20 rq6k figs-synecdoche μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν 1 they are not able even to eat bread The word **bread** represents food. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples could not eat at all” or “they could not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
MRK 3 21 bk6g ἐξῆλθον κρατῆσαι αὐτόν 1 went out to seize him Members of his family went to the house, so that they could take hold of him and force him to go home with them.
|
||
MRK 3 21 uyl8 ἔλεγον γὰρ 1 for they said Here, **they** could refer to: (1) his relatives. (2) some people in the crowd.
|
||
MRK 3 21 mf5q figs-idiom ἐξέστη 1 He is out of his mind Jesus’ family uses this idiom to describe how they think he is acting. Alternate translation: “He is crazy” or “He is insane” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 3 22 yxd9 ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων, ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια 1 By the ruler of the demons he is casting out demons “By the power of Beelzebul, who is the ruler of the demons, Jesus drives out demons”
|
||
MRK 3 23 ji69 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains with a parable why it is foolish for people to think that Jesus is controlled by Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
MRK 3 23 gcy5 προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς 1 having called them to himself “When Jesus had called the people to come to him”
|
||
MRK 3 23 q8f3 figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν? 1 How is Satan able to cast out Satan? Jesus asked this rhetorical question in response to the scribes saying that he **cast out** demons by Beelzebul. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Satan cannot cast out himself!” or “Satan does not go against his own evil spirits!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 3 24 b4z4 figs-metonymy ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ 1 if a kingdom might have been divided against itself The word **kingdom** is a metonym for the people who live in the **kingdom**. Alternate translation: “If the people who live in a kingdom are divided against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 3 24 k3bz figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι 1 is not able to stand This phrase is a metaphor meaning that the people will no longer be united and they will fall. Alternate translation: “cannot endure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 3 24 h7hr figs-litotes οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι 1 is not able to stand You can state this phrase in positive form. Alternate translation: “will fall”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
MRK 3 25 zcr1 figs-metonymy οἰκία 1 a house This is a metonym for the people who live in **a house**. Alternate translation: “a family” or “a household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 3 26 w7na figs-rpronouns εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη 1 if Satan rose up against himself and was divided The word **himself** is a reflexive pronoun that refers back to Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
MRK 3 26 xdi5 figs-metonymy εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη 1 if Satan rose up against himself and was divided Here, **Satan** is a metonym for his evil spirits. Alternate translation: “If Satan and his evil spirits were fighting one another” or “If Satan and his evil spirits have risen up against each other and are divided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 3 26 df2f figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται στῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει 1 he is not able to stand, but he has an end This is a metaphor meaning he will fall and cannot endure. Alternate translation: “he will cease to be united and will be finished” or “he cannot endure and has come to an end” or “he will fall and has come to an end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 3 27 mvr6 διαρπάσει 1 he will plunder to steal a person’s valuables and possessions
|
||
MRK 3 28 f6fq ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important.
|
||
MRK 3 28 p6sz τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 of the sons of men “of those who have been born of man.” This expression is used to emphasize peoples’ humanity. Alternate translation: “people”
|
||
MRK 3 28 rf7r βλασφημήσωσιν 1 they may blaspheme speak
|
||
MRK 3 30 cm47 ἔλεγον 1 they were saying “the people were saying”
|
||
MRK 3 30 sfa2 figs-idiom πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει 1 He has an unclean spirit This is an idiom that means to be possessed by **an unclean spirit**. Alternate translation: “is possessed by an unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 3 31 gef8 καὶ ἔρχονται ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Then his mother and his brothers come “Then Jesus’ mother and brothers came”
|
||
MRK 3 31 h5zr ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτὸν καλοῦντες αὐτόν 1 they sent to him, summoning him “they sent someone inside to tell him that they were outside and to have him come out to them”
|
||
MRK 3 32 wms6 ζητοῦσίν σε 1 seeking you “asking for you”
|
||
MRK 3 33 qe8c figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? 1 Who are my mother and my brothers? Jesus uses this question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 3 35 dr45 ὃς…ἂν ποιήσῃ…οὗτος…ἐστίν 1 whoever may do … this is “those who do … they are”
|
||
MRK 3 35 yr9i figs-metaphor οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 this is my brother, and sister, and mother This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: “that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 4 intro f5ua 0 # Mark 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Mark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parables<br><br>The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.
|
||
MRK 4 1 a6pk figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: As Jesus taught from a boat at the seaside, he told them the parable of the soils. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
MRK 4 1 i95e τὴν θάλασσαν 1 the sea This is the Sea of Galilee.
|
||
MRK 4 3 vqh3 ἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ…ὁ σπείρων 1 Listen! Behold, the sower “Pay attention! A farmer”
|
||
MRK 4 4 si37 ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 as he sowed, some fell beside the road “as he threw seed over the soil some fell along the path.” In different cultures people sow seeds differently. In this parable the seeds were sown by throwing the seeds over the land that was prepared for growing.
|
||
MRK 4 4 s95n κατέφαγεν αὐτό 1 devoured it Here, **it** refers to all of the the seeds that the farmer sowed as if they are one seed. Alternate translation: “devoured them”
|
||
MRK 4 5 w853 οὐκ εἶχεν…ἐξανέτειλεν…τὸ μὴ ἔχειν 1 it did not have … it sprang … it did not have Here, **it** refers to all of the the seeds that the farmer sowed as if they are one seed. “they did not have … they sprang … they did not have”
|
||
MRK 4 5 px9w ἐξανέτειλεν 1 it sprang up “the seed that landed on the rocky soil began to grow quickly”
|
||
MRK 4 5 le2a γῆν 1 soil This refers to the loose dirt on the ground in which you can plant seeds.
|
||
MRK 4 6 ee49 figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 it was scorched This refers to the young plants that sprouted from the seeds. You can state this phrase in active form. Alternate translation: “it scorched the young plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 4 6 hht3 διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη 1 because it had no root, it was dried up “because the young plants had no roots, they dried up”
|
||
MRK 4 7 bw62 συνέπνιξαν αὐτό…οὐκ ἔδωκεν 1 choked it … it did not produce Here, **it** refers to all of the the seeds that the farmer sowed as if they are one seed. See how you translated this in [Mark 4:3](../04/03.md). “choked them … they did not produce”
|
||
MRK 4 8 v3sr figs-ellipsis αὐξανόμενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 increasing and yielding one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100 The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore 30 times as much as the seed that the man had planted, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 100 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 4 8 u327 translate-numbers τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν 1 30 … 60 … 100 “thirty … sixty … a hundred.” These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
MRK 4 9 p2us figs-metonymy ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to listen, listen” or “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 4 9 qxy4 figs-123person ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
MRK 4 10 u2nj ὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ μόνας 1 when he was alone This does not mean that Jesus was completely **alone**; rather, that the crowds were gone and Jesus was only with the twelve and some of his other close followers.
|
||
MRK 4 11 t9ee figs-activepassive ὑμῖν…δέδοται 1 To you has been given You can state this in active form. “God has given you” or “I have given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 4 11 q2az ἐκείνοις…τοῖς ἔξω 1 to those who are outside “but to those who are not among you.” This refers to all the other people who were not among the twelve or Jesus’ other close followers.
|
||
MRK 4 11 daw3 figs-ellipsis ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται 1 everything is in parables You can state this that Jesus gives the **parables** to the people. Alternate translation: “I have spoken everything in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 4 12 aj7t figs-explicit βλέποντες…ἀκούοντες 1 looking … hearing It is assumed that Jesus is speaking about the people **looking** at what he shows them and **hearing** what he tells them. Alternate translation: “when they look at what I am doing … when they hear what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 4 12 p4fv figs-metaphor βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν 1 they may look, but may not see Jesus speaks of people understanding what they see as actually seeing. Alternate translation: “they look and do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 4 12 p9yr figs-metaphor μήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 so that they would not turn “so that they would not turn to God.” Here, **turn** is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “so that they would not repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 4 13 xc29 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains the parable of the soils to his followers and then tells them about using a lamp to show that hidden things will become known.
|
||
MRK 4 13 qzt4 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 And he was saying to them “And Jesus said to his disciples”
|
||
MRK 4 13 fs1v figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, καὶ πῶς πάσας τὰς παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε? 1 Do you not understand this parable? And how will you understand all the parables? Jesus used these questions to show how sad he was that his disciples could not understand his parable. Alternate translation: “If you cannot understand this parable, think about how hard it will be for you to understand all the other parables.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 4 14 zu7y ὁ σπείρων 1 The sower “The farmer who sows his seed”
|
||
MRK 4 14 rp6h figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον σπείρει 1 sows the word Here, **the word** represents God’s message. Alternate translation: “the one who sows God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 4 14 xdaj figs-metaphor τὸν λόγον σπείρει 1 sows the word Sowing the message represents teaching it. Alternate translation: “the one who teaches people God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 4 15 cy3i οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν 1 But these are the ones beside the road “In some people, the word is like the seeds that fall beside road” or “Some people are like the path where some of the seeds fell”
|
||
MRK 4 15 yf39 τὴν ὁδὸν 1 the road “the path”
|
||
MRK 4 15 q5th ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν 1 when they might have heard it Here, **it** refers to “the word” or “God’s message.”
|
||
MRK 4 16 ty3q figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν…οἱ 1 These are the ones “In some people the word is like the seeds.” Jesus begins to explain how in some people, the word acts like the seeds that fell on the rocky soil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 4 17 p5fr figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 They have no root in themselves This is a comparison to the young plants that have very shallow roots. This metaphor means that the people were first excited when they received the word, but they were not strongly devoted to it. Alternate translation: “And the roots of the young plants are not able to penetrate into them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 4 17 s5mh figs-hyperbole οὐκ…ῥίζαν 1 no root This is an exaggeration to emphasize how shallow the roots were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
MRK 4 17 l8xa figs-explicit γενομένης θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον 1 tribulation or persecution having come because of the word It may be helpful to explain that **tribulation** comes because people believed God’s message. Alternate translation: “when tribulation or persecution comes because they believed God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 4 17 t21w figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζονται 1 they are caused to stumble In this parable, **to stumble** means “to stop believing God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 4 18 uu9b figs-metaphor ἄλλοι εἰσὶν οἱ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι 1 others are the ones sown among the thorns Jesus begins to explain how the effect of the word on some people is like the seeds that fell among the thorns. Alternate translation: “the response of other people is like the seeds that were sown among the thorns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 4 19 wa3k αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 the cares of this age “the worries in this life” or “the concerns about this present life”
|
||
MRK 4 19 jm32 ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου 1 the deceitfulness of riches “the desires for riches”
|
||
MRK 4 19 s7s7 figs-metaphor εἰσπορευόμεναι, συνπνίγουσιν τὸν λόγον 1 entering in choke the word As Jesus continues to talk about people in whom the word is like the seeds that fell among the thorns, he explains what the desires and worries do to the word in their lives. Alternate translation: “enter in and choke God’s message in their lives like thorns choke young plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 4 19 f4ip ἄκαρπος γίνεται 1 it becomes unfruitful “the word does not produce a crop in them”
|
||
MRK 4 20 axh1 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες 1 these are the ones sown in the good soil Jesus begins to explain how in some people the word is like seeds that were sown in good soil. Alternate translation: “these are the ones in whom the word is like the seeds that were sown in the good soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 4 20 d3r7 figs-ellipsis ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100 This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 30 grains, some produce 60 grains, and some produce 100 grains” or “some produce 30 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 100 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 4 20 tdwj translate-numbers τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν 1 30 … 60 … 100 You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
MRK 4 21 zzw7 καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 And he was saying to them “And Jesus said to the crowd”
|
||
MRK 4 21 nn7e figs-rquestion μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην? 1 The lamp does not come in order to be put under a basket, or under the bed, does it? This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You certainly do not bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under a bed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 4 22 y5kn figs-litotes οὐ γάρ ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν 1 For nothing is hidden except so that it might be revealed, and nothing secret has happened except so that it might come to exposure You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “For everything that is hidden will be made known, and everything that is secret will come out into to open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
MRK 4 22 kc6k figs-parallelism οὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν…οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον 1 nothing is hidden … and nothing secret has happened “there is nothing that is hidden … there is nothing that is secret” Both of the phrases have the same meaning. Jesus is emphasizing that everything that is secret will be made known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
MRK 4 23 k1a8 figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **ears to hear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Mark 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to listen, listen” or “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 4 23 izg1 figs-123person εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Mark 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
MRK 4 24 r2r1 ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 he was saying to them “Jesus said to the crowd”
|
||
MRK 4 24 zis1 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε 1 In that measure you use This could mean: (1) Jesus is talking about a literal **measure** and giving generously to others. (2) this is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 4 24 c4xp figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be measured to you, and it will be added to you You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure that amount for you, and he will add it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 4 25 i24l figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο 1 to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from him You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” or “God will give more to him … God will take away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 4 26 n1mq figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus then tells the people parables to explain the kingdom of God, which he later explains to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
MRK 4 26 r5n7 figs-simile ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον 1 As a man who may throw his seed Jesus likens the kingdom of God to a farmer **who may throw his seed**. Alternate translation: “like a farmer who sows his seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
MRK 4 27 y5m5 καθεύδῃ καὶ ἐγείρηται, νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν 1 he may sleep and may be awakened, night and day This is something that the man habitually does. Alternate translation: “he sleeps each night and gets up each day” or “he sleeps each night and gets up the next day”
|
||
MRK 4 27 c6jv ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός 1 how, he himself does not know “though the man does not know how the seed sprouts and grows”
|
||
MRK 4 28 diz5 χόρτον 1 the blade the stalk or sprout
|
||
MRK 4 28 cew8 στάχυν 1 the ear the head on the stalk or the part of the plant that holds the fruit
|
||
MRK 4 29 ah9d figs-metonymy εὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον 1 he immediately sends forth the sickle Here, **the sickle** is a metonym that stands for the farmer or the people whom the farmer sends out to harvest the grain. Alternate translation: “he immediately goes into the field with a sickle to harvest the grain” or “he immediately sends people with sickles into the field to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 4 29 yd1d δρέπανον 1 sickle a curved blade or a sharp hook used to cut grain
|
||
MRK 4 29 hx6v figs-idiom ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός 1 because the harvest has come Here the phrase **has come** is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: “because the grain is ready to be harvested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 4 30 ivk2 figs-rquestion πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν? 1 How might we compare the kingdom of God, or in what parable might we present it? Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to think about what **the kingdom of God** is. Alternate translation: “With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 4 31 w4l5 ὅταν σπαρῇ 1 when it may have been sown You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when someone sows it” or “when someone plants it”
|
||
MRK 4 32 x1xh figs-personification καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους 1 and it forms large branches The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
MRK 4 33 v2rp figs-synecdoche ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον 1 he was speaking the word to them Here, **word** is a synecdoche for “message of God.” The word **them** refers to the crowds. Alternate translation: “he taught the message of God to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
MRK 4 33 vhe5 καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν 1 just as they were able to hear “and if they were able to understand some, he kept telling them more”
|
||
MRK 4 34 q2ht κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 by himself This means that he was away from the crowds, but his disciples were still with him.
|
||
MRK 4 34 gp99 figs-hyperbole ἐπέλυεν πάντα 1 he was explaining everything Here, **everything** is an exaggeration. He explained all his parables. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
MRK 4 35 qua2 0 Connecting Statement: As Jesus and his disciples take a boat to escape the crowds of people, a great storm arises. His disciples are afraid when they see that even the wind and the sea obey Jesus.
|
||
MRK 4 35 hc5b λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 he says to them “Jesus said to his disciples”
|
||
MRK 4 35 biy2 τὸ πέραν 1 the other side “the other side of the Sea of Galilee” or “the other side of the sea”
|
||
MRK 4 37 at6u figs-ellipsis ἤδη γεμίζεσθαι τὸ πλοῖον 1 to already be filling the boat It may be helpful to state that **the boat** was **filling** up with water. Alternate translation: “the boat was in danger of being filled with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 4 38 qy5l τῇ πρύμνῃ 1 the stern This is at the very back of the boat. “the stern of the boat”
|
||
MRK 4 38 xdm6 ἐγείρουσιν αὐτὸν 1 they wake him up The word **they** refers to the disciples.
|
||
MRK 4 38 b4xb figs-rquestion οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα? 1 do you not care that we are perishing? The disciples asked this question to convey their fear. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “you need to pay attention to what is happening; we are all about to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 4 38 qtb3 figs-exclusive ἀπολλύμεθα 1 we are perishing The word **we** includes the disciples and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
MRK 4 39 yym6 figs-doublet σιώπα, πεφίμωσο 1 Be silent! Be still! These two phrases are similar and used to emphasize what Jesus wanted the wind and the sea to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
MRK 4 39 ag41 γαλήνη μεγάλη 1 a great calm “a great stillness over the sea” or “a great calm over the sea”
|
||
MRK 4 40 h7n3 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 And he said to them “And Jesus said to his disciples”
|
||
MRK 4 40 w5n4 figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν 1 Why are you afraid? Do you not yet have faith? Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are **afraid** when he is with them. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 4 41 u8e1 figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ? 1 Who then is this, for even the wind and the sea obey him? The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 5 intro lh25 0 # Mark 5 General Notes<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Talitha, koum”<br><br>The words **Talitha, koum** ([Mark 5:41](../../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||
MRK 5 1 fix1 0 Connecting Statement: After Jesus calms the great storm, he heals a man who has many demons, but the local people in Gerasa are not glad about his healing, and they beg Jesus to leave.
|
||
MRK 5 1 gt8a ἦλθον 1 They came The word **They** refers to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||
MRK 5 1 ahx8 τῆς θαλάσσης 1 the sea This refers to the Sea of Galilee.
|
||
MRK 5 1 vsc7 translate-names τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 the Gerasenes This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 5 2 pf16 figs-idiom ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 with an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that the man is “controlled” or “possessed” by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “controlled by an unclean spirit” or “that an unclean spirit possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 5 4 da4x figs-activepassive αὐτὸν πολλάκις…δεδέσθαι 1 He had been bound many times This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “People had bound him many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 5 4 nep6 figs-activepassive τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι 1 his shackles were shattered This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “he shattered his shackles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 5 4 fk7t πέδαις 1 shackles pieces of metal that people wrap around the arms and legs of prisoners and attach with chains to objects that do not move so the prisoners cannot move
|
||
MRK 5 4 tu2d figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι 1 no one was strong enough to subdue him The man was so **strong** that **no one** could **subdue him**. Alternate translation: “He was so strong that no one was strong enough to subdue him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 5 4 gp74 αὐτὸν δαμάσαι 1 to subdue him “to control him”
|
||
MRK 5 5 z9ah κατακόπτων ἑαυτὸν λίθοις 1 cut himself with stones Often times when a person is possessed by a demon, the demon will cause the person to do self-destructive things, such as cutting himself.
|
||
MRK 5 6 y6c2 figs-explicit καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν 1 And seeing Jesus from a distance When the man first saw Jesus, Jesus would have been getting out of the boat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 5 6 pw4y προσεκύνησεν 1 bowed down before This means that he knelt down before Jesus out of reverence and respect, not out of worship.
|
||
MRK 5 7 ux6u figs-events 0 General Information: The information in these two verses may be reordered to present the events in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||
MRK 5 7 tt7a κράξας 1 crying out “the unclean spirit, crying out”
|
||
MRK 5 7 ppu5 figs-rquestion τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί Ἰησοῦ, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου? 1 What to me and to you, Jesus, Son of the Most High God? The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God! There is no reason for you to interfere with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 5 7 q8c8 Ἰησοῦ…μή με βασανίσῃς 1 Jesus … may you not torment me Jesus has the power to torment unclean spirits.
|
||
MRK 5 7 kd19 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου 1 Son of the Most High God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
MRK 5 7 p768 ὁρκίζω σε τὸν Θεόν 1 I beg you by God Here the unclean spirit is swearing **by God** as he makes a request of Jesus. Consider how this type of request is made in your language. Alternate translation: “I beg you before God” or “I swear by God himself and beg you”
|
||
MRK 5 9 p6ye ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν 1 he was asking him “Jesus asked the unclean spirit”
|
||
MRK 5 9 h6ch figs-metaphor λέγει αὐτῷ, Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν. 1 he says to him, “My name is Legion, for we are many.” One spirit was speaking for many here. He spoke of them as if they were a legion, a Roman army unit of about 6,000 soldiers. Alternate translation: “And the spirit said to him, ‘Call us an army, for many of us are inside the man.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 5 12 uk54 παρεκάλεσαν αὐτὸν 1 they begged him “the unclean spirits begged Jesus”
|
||
MRK 5 13 iff6 figs-explicit ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς 1 he permitted them It may be helpful to state clearly what Jesus allowed them to do. Alternate translation: “Jesus allowed the unclean spirits to do what they asked permission to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 5 13 g3xx ὥρμησεν…κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ὡς δισχίλιοι, καὶ ἐπνίγοντο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 about 2,000—rushed down the steep hill into the sea, and drowned in the sea You can make this a separate sentence: “rushed down the steep slope into the sea. There were about 2,000 pigs, and they drowned in the sea”
|
||
MRK 5 13 a28z translate-numbers ὡς δισχίλιοι 1 about 2,000 “about two thousand pigs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
MRK 5 14 lt8x figs-ellipsis εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς 1 in the city and in the countryside You can state this clearly that the men gave their report to the people who were in the **city** and **countryside**. Alternate translation: “to people in the city and in the countryside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 5 15 qih4 τὸν λεγεῶνα 1 the Legion This was the name of the many demons that were in the man. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:9](../05/09.md).
|
||
MRK 5 15 fb4b figs-idiom σωφρονοῦντα 1 being in his right mind This is an idiom meaning that he is thinking clearly. Alternate translation: “being of a normal mind” or “thinking clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 5 15 yv69 ἐφοβήθησαν 1 they became afraid The word **they** refers to the group of people who went out to see what had happened.
|
||
MRK 5 16 t4ez οἱ ἰδόντες, πῶς ἐγένετο 1 those who had seen how it happened “the people who had witnessed what had happened”
|
||
MRK 5 18 mwg9 ὁ δαιμονισθεὶς 1 the one who had been demon-possessed Though the man is no longer **demon-possessed**, he is still described in this way. Alternate translation: “the man who had been demon-possessed”
|
||
MRK 5 19 e21m figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν 1 But he did not permit him You can state clearly what Jesus did not allow the man to do. Alternate translation: “But he did not allow the man to come with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 5 20 g8ed translate-names τῇ Δεκαπόλει 1 the Decapolis This is the name of a region that means “Ten Cities.” It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 5 20 y8vn figs-ellipsis πάντες ἐθαύμαζον 1 everyone was marvelling It may be helpful to state why the people were **marvelling**. Alternate translation: “all the people who heard what the man said were amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 5 21 wyl3 0 Connecting Statement: After healing the demon-possessed man in region of the Gerasenes, Jesus and his disciples return across the lake to Capernaum where the one of the rulers of the synagogue asks Jesus to heal his daughter.
|
||
MRK 5 21 t3dc figs-ellipsis τὸ πέραν 1 the other side It may be helpful to add information to this phrase. Alternate translation: “the other side of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 5 21 lyt8 παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 beside the sea “on the seashore” or “on the shore”
|
||
MRK 5 21 p4p7 τὴν θάλασσαν 1 the sea This is the Sea of Galilee.
|
||
MRK 5 22 v1dm translate-names Ἰάειρος 1 Jairus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 5 23 jd27 ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας 1 you may lay your hands Here, **lay your hands** refers to a prophet or teacher placing his hand on someone and imparting either healing or a blessing. In this case, Jarius is asking Jesus to heal his daughter.
|
||
MRK 5 23 kzz8 figs-activepassive ἵνα σωθῇ καὶ ζήσῃ 1 in order that she may be healed and she may live You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and heal her and make her live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 5 24 d7zg figs-explicit καὶ ἀπῆλθεν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 And went with him “So Jesus went with Jairus.” Jesus’ disciples also went with him. Alternate translation: “So Jesus and the disciples went with Jairus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 5 24 jgg5 συνέθλιβον αὐτόν 1 was pressing around him This means they crowded around Jesus and pressed themselves together to be closer to Jesus.
|
||
MRK 5 25 rn7h 0 Connecting Statement: While Jesus is on his way to heal the man’s little 12-year-old girl, a woman who has been sick for 12 years interrupts by touching Jesus for her healing.
|
||
MRK 5 25 e2cz writing-participants καὶ γυνὴ οὖσα 1 And a woman, being This introduces the woman as a new character in the story. Consider how new people are introduced into a story in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
MRK 5 25 h58w figs-euphemism ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος δώδεκα ἔτη 1 with a flow of blood for 12 years The woman did not have an open wound; rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
MRK 5 25 idh9 translate-numbers δώδεκα ἔτη 1 for 12 years “for twelve years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
MRK 5 26 vgh2 εἰς τὸ χεῖρον ἐλθοῦσα 1 having become worse “her sickness got worse” or “her bleeding increased”
|
||
MRK 5 27 z2hg figs-explicit τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 the things about Jesus She had heard reports about Jesus of how he healed people. Alternate translation: “that Jesus healed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 5 27 v7h8 τοῦ ἱματίου 1 cloak outer garment or coat
|
||
MRK 5 28 wge2 figs-activepassive σωθήσομαι 1 I will be saved You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “it will save me” or “his power will heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 5 29 c1vz figs-activepassive ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος 1 she had been healed from the disease You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sickness had left her” or “she was no longer sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 5 30 ma2b τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν 1 his power had gone out from him When the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt **his power** healing her. Jesus himself did not lose any of his power to heal people when he healed her. Alternate translation: “his healing power had healed the woman”
|
||
MRK 5 31 hb58 τὸν ὄχλον συνθλίβοντά σε 1 this crowd pressed in on you This means they crowded around Jesus and **pressed** themselves together to be closer to Jesus. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:24](../05/24.md).
|
||
MRK 5 33 yn9g προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ 1 fell down before him “knelt down before him.” She knelt down before Jesus as an act of honor and submission.
|
||
MRK 5 33 b6kz figs-ellipsis εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 told him the whole truth The phrase **the whole truth** refers to how she had touched him and became well. Alternate translation: “told him the whole truth about how she had touched him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 5 34 gbk8 θυγάτηρ 1 Daughter Jesus was using this term figuratively to refer to the woman as a believer.
|
||
MRK 5 34 a5qw ἡ πίστις σου 1 your faith “your faith in me”
|
||
MRK 5 35 kmm7 ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 While he was still speaking “While Jesus was still speaking”
|
||
MRK 5 35 ld5e ἔρχονται ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου 1 they came from the synagogue leader’s house This could mean: (1) these people had come from Jarius’ house. (2) Jairus had previously given these people orders to go see Jesus. (3) these people had been sent by the man who was presiding as the synagogue leader in Jairus’ absence.
|
||
MRK 5 35 akl8 τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου 1 the synagogue leader’s house The leader of the synagogue is Jairus.
|
||
MRK 5 35 ip1p λέγοντες 1 saying “saying to Jairus”
|
||
MRK 5 35 t2wd figs-rquestion τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον? 1 Why trouble the teacher any longer? This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is useless to bother the teacher any longer.” or “There no need to bother the teacher any longer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 5 35 c5c1 τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 the teacher This refers to Jesus.
|
||
MRK 5 36 zei3 translate-versebridge 0 General Information: You may want to combine verses 37 and 38 and reorder them to present the events in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||
MRK 5 36 ge2r μόνον πίστευε 1 Only believe If necessary, you can state what Jesus is commanding Jairus to believe. Alternate translation: “Just believe I can make you daughter live”
|
||
MRK 5 37 y884 οὐκ ἀφῆκεν 1 he did not permit Jesus did not permit
|
||
MRK 5 37 ed49 figs-explicit μετ’ αὐτοῦ συνακολουθῆσαι 1 to accompany him “to come with him.” It may be helpful to state where they were going. Alternate translation: “to accompany him to Jairus’ house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 5 38 t154 θεωρεῖ 1 sees Jesus saw
|
||
MRK 5 39 m7pu λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 he says to them “Jesus said to the people who were weeping”
|
||
MRK 5 39 a3ih figs-rquestion τί θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε? 1 Why are you upset and weeping? Jesus asked this question to help them see their lack of faith. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is not a time to be upset and crying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 5 39 g83c τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 The child has not died, but is sleeping Jesus uses the common word for sleep, and so should the translation.
|
||
MRK 5 40 jm38 κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ 1 They were laughing at him Jesus used the common word for sleep (verse 39). The reader should understand that the people who hear Jesus laugh at him because they truly do know the difference between a dead person and a sleeping person and they think he does not.
|
||
MRK 5 40 tkl7 ἐκβαλὼν πάντας 1 having put them all outside “having sent all the other people outside the house”
|
||
MRK 5 40 mi3u τοὺς μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 those with him This refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||
MRK 5 40 wca3 figs-explicit εἰσπορεύεται ὅπου ἦν τὸ παιδίον 1 he enters where the child was It may be helpful to state where **the child** is. Alternate translation: “he went into the room where the child was lying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 5 41 hx3c translate-transliterate ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ! 1 Talitha, koum! This is an Aramaic sentence, which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. Write these words as is with your alphabet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||
MRK 5 42 pt5t translate-numbers ἦν…ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 she was 12 years of age “she was twelve years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
MRK 5 43 i5ja figs-quotations διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἵνα μηδεὶς γνοῖ τοῦτο, καὶ 1 he strictly ordered them that no one should know about this, and You can state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “he ordered them strictly, ‘No one should know about this!’ Then” or “he ordered them strictly, ‘Do not tell anyone about what I have done!’ Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
MRK 5 43 ij1k διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ 1 he strictly ordered them “he strongly commanded them”
|
||
MRK 5 43 n29k figs-quotations καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν 1 and he told them to give her something to eat You can state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and he told them, ‘Give her something to eat.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
MRK 6 intro kl7n 0 # Mark 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Anointed with oil”<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.
|
||
MRK 6 1 mi7z 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus returns to his hometown, where he is not accepted.
|
||
MRK 6 1 mjr1 τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ 1 his hometown This refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up and where his family lived. This does not mean that he owned land there.
|
||
MRK 6 2 y4xj τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ 1 what is this wisdom that has been given to him? This question, which contains passive construction, can be asked in active form. Alternate translation: “what is this wisdom that he has gained?”
|
||
MRK 6 2 s1xy διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ γινόμεναι 1 being done by his hands This phrase emphasizes that Jesus himself does the miracles. Alternate translation: “that he himself works”
|
||
MRK 6 3 s3wl figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? And are his sisters not here with us? These questions can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “He is just an ordinary carpenter! We know him and his family. We know Mary his mother. We know his younger brothers James, Joses, Judas and Simon. And his younger sisters also live here with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 6 3 tlub translate-names Ἰακώβου…Ἰωσῆτος…Ἰούδα…Σίμωνος 1 James … Joses … Judas … Simon These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 6 4 ni6w αὐτοῖς 1 to them “to the crowd”
|
||
MRK 6 4 l436 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ 1 A prophet is not without honor, except This sentence uses a double negative to create emphasis of the positive equivalent. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored, except” or “The only place a prophet is not honored is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
MRK 6 5 k9gh ὀλίγοις ἀρρώστοις, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας 1 having laid his hands on a few sick people, he healed them. Prophets and teachers would put their **hands** on people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, Jesus was healing people.
|
||
MRK 6 7 w7qq translate-versebridge 0 General Information: Jesus’ instructions in verses 8 and 9 can be reordered to separate what he told the disciples to do from what he told them not to do, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||
MRK 6 7 g5um 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus sends his disciples out in sets of two to preach and to heal.
|
||
MRK 6 7 pmq4 προσκαλεῖται τοὺς δώδεκα 1 he called the Twelve Here the word **called** means that he summoned the Twelve to come to him.
|
||
MRK 6 7 d6sx translate-numbers δύο δύο 1 two by two “2 by 2” or “in pairs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
MRK 6 8 t9a2 figs-synecdoche μὴ ἄρτον 1 no bread Here, **bread** is a synecdoche for food in general. Alternate translation: “no food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
MRK 6 10 wv9h ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 he was saying to them “Jesus said to the Twelve”
|
||
MRK 6 10 h31d figs-metonymy ἐκεῖ μένετε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε ἐκεῖθεν 1 remain there until you may go away from there Here, **remain** represents daily going back to that house to eat and sleep there. Alternate translation: “eat and sleep in that house until you leave that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 6 11 b2kb figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 as a testimony against them It may be helpful to explain how this action was **a testimony against them**. Alternate translation: “as a testimony to them. By doing that, you will be testifying that they did not welcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 6 12 sqt2 figs-ellipsis ἐξελθόντες 1 having gone out It may be helpful to state that they went out to various towns. Alternate translation: “having gone out to various towns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 6 12 xtva ἐκήρυξαν 1 they proclaimed The word **they** refers to the Twelve and does not include Jesus.
|
||
MRK 6 13 i7eq figs-ellipsis δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλλον 1 they were casting out many demons It may be helpful to state that they cast the demons out of people. Alternate translation: “they were casting many demons out of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 6 14 y69r 0 Connecting Statement: When Herod hears about Jesus’ miracles, he worries, thinking that someone has raised John the Baptist from the dead. (Herod had caused John the Baptist to be killed.)
|
||
MRK 6 14 f9um ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρῴδης 1 King Herod heard this The word **this** refers to everything that Jesus and his disciples had been doing in various towns, including casting out demons and healing people.
|
||
MRK 6 14 sc6s figs-explicit ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 some were saying, “John the Baptist has been raised Some people were saying that Jesus was **John the Baptist**. You can state this more clearly. Alternate translation: “Some were saying, ‘He is John the Baptist who has been raised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 6 14 cb7p figs-idiom Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 John the Baptist has been raised Here, **raised** is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “John the Baptist has been caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 6 14 ly7z figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 John the Baptist has been raised You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has caused John the Baptist to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 6 15 fgy3 figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν 1 But others were saying, “He is Elijah.” It may be helpful to state why some people thought he was **Elijah**. Alternate translation: “Some others said, ‘He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 6 16 bg3k writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 17 the author begins to give background information about Herod and why he beheaded John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
MRK 6 16 ym2w figs-metonymy ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα 1 whom I beheaded Here Herod uses the word **I** to refer to himself. The word **I** is a metonym for Herod’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom I commanded my soldiers to behead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 6 16 n6nq figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “has become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 6 17 vpr7 figs-explicit αὐτὸς…ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Herod himself, having sent, seized John and he bound him in prison You can state this clearly that **Herod** sent his soldiers to put **John** in **prison**. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 6 17 a5du διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα 1 on account of Herodias “because of Herodias”
|
||
MRK 6 17 sf6r translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the wife of his brother Philip Herod’s **brother Philip** is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 6 17 yn6x ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν 1 because he married her “because Herod had married her”
|
||
MRK 6 19 x35v figs-metonymy ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδύνατο 1 was wanting to kill him, but she was not able Herodias is the subject of this phrase and **she** is a metonym as she wants someone else to execute John. Alternate translation: “she wanted someone to kill him, but she could not have him killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 6 20 k8wa grammar-connect-words-phrases ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ἐφοβεῖτο τὸν Ἰωάννην, εἰδὼς 1 for Herod was fearing John, knowing These two clauses can be linked differently to show more clearly why Herod feared John. Alternate translation: “for Herod feared John because he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||
MRK 6 20 fj95 εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον 1 knowing him to be a righteous and holy man “because Herod knew that John was a righteous and holy man”
|
||
MRK 6 20 i5de ἀκούσας αὐτοῦ 1 having heard him “having listened to John”
|
||
MRK 6 21 xi2t writing-background 0 Connecting Statement: The author continues to give background information about Herod and the beheading of John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
MRK 6 21 m54q figs-metonymy Ἡρῴδης τοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον ἐποίησεν, τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ 1 Herod prepared his birthday dinner for his officials Here, **Herod** is a metonym for his servants whom he would have commanded to prepare a meal. Alternate translation: “Herod had his servants prepare a dinner for his officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 6 21 h5x9 τοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον 1 his birthday dinner a formal meal or banquet to celebrate his birthday
|
||
MRK 6 22 a1d7 figs-rpronouns τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος 1 the daughter of Herodias herself The word **herself** is a reflexive pronoun used to emphasize that it was significant that it was Herodias’ own daughter who danced at the dinner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
MRK 6 22 nir8 εἰσελθούσης 1 having entered “having come into the room”
|
||
MRK 6 23 qr1w ἐάν με αἰτήσῃς, δώσω σοι, ἕως ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας μου 1 Whatever you may ask of me, I will give you, up to half of my kingdom “I will give you up to half of what I own and rule, if you ask for it”
|
||
MRK 6 24 jky3 ἐξελθοῦσα 1 having gone out “after she went out of the room”
|
||
MRK 6 25 ap2w πίνακι 1 a platter “a board” or “a large wooden dish”
|
||
MRK 6 26 c1gn figs-explicit διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους 1 because of his oath and those reclining at table with him You can state clearly the content of the **oath**, and the relationship between the oath and the dinner guests. Alternate translation: “because his dinner guests had heard him make the oath that he would give her anything she asked for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 6 28 k51v ἐπὶ πίνακι 1 on a platter “on a tray”
|
||
MRK 6 29 f3xg ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples, having heard of this “John’s disciples, having heard that this had happened”
|
||
MRK 6 30 gm4a 0 Connecting Statement: After the disciples return from preaching and healing, they go somewhere to be alone, but there are many people who come to hear Jesus teach. When it becomes late, he feeds the people and then sends everyone away while he prays alone.
|
||
MRK 6 31 wu9z ἔρημον τόπον 1 a desolate place a place where there are no people
|
||
MRK 6 31 p1c9 ἦσαν…οἱ ἐρχόμενοι καὶ οἱ ὑπάγοντες πολλοί 1 those coming and those going were many This means that people were continually **coming** to the apostles and then **going** away from them.
|
||
MRK 6 31 a8q1 οὐδὲ…εὐκαίρουν 1 they were not even having opportunity The word **they** refers to the apostles.
|
||
MRK 6 32 dp4l καὶ ἀπῆλθον 1 And they went away Here the word **they** includes both the apostles and Jesus.
|
||
MRK 6 33 x5un εἶδον αὐτοὺς ὑπάγοντας, καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν πολλοί 1 many saw them leaving and recognized them “many people saw Jesus and the apostles leaving and recognized them”
|
||
MRK 6 33 r1jh πεζῇ 1 on foot The people are going **on foot** by land, which contrasts with how the disciples went by boat.
|
||
MRK 6 34 b7zp εἶδεν πολὺν ὄχλον 1 he saw a great crowd “Jesus saw a great crowd”
|
||
MRK 6 34 j1td figs-simile ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 they were like sheep not having a shepherd Jesus compares the people to **sheep** who are confused when they do not have their **shepherd** to lead them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
MRK 6 35 sei9 figs-idiom καὶ ἤδη ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης 1 And the hour already having become late This means it was late in the day. Alternate translation: “And when it was getting late” or “And late in the afternoon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 6 35 hz4h ἔρημός ἐστιν ὁ τόπος 1 This place is desolate This refers to a place where there are no people. See how you translated this in [Mark 6:31](../06/31.md).
|
||
MRK 6 37 am7m ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 But answering, he said to them “But Jesus answered and said to his disciples”
|
||
MRK 6 37 cts5 figs-rquestion ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν? 1 Having gone away, might we buy 200 denarii of loaves of bread and give it to them to eat? The disciples ask this question to say that there is no way they could afford to buy enough food for this crowd. Alternate translation: “We could not buy enough bread to feed this crowd, even if we had two hundred denarii!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 6 37 hs21 translate-bmoney δηναρίων διακοσίων 1 200 denarii The singular form of the word **denarii** is “denarius.” A denarius was a Roman silver coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||
MRK 6 37 c65w translate-numbers δηναρίων διακοσίων 1 200 denarii “two hundred denarii” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
MRK 6 38 h61r ἄρτους 1 loaves lumps of bread dough that have been shaped and baked
|
||
MRK 6 39 xgb6 τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ 1 the green grass Describe the **grass** with the color word used in your language for healthy grass, which may or may not be the color **green**.
|
||
MRK 6 40 e4cb figs-explicit πρασιαὶ, κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ κατὰ πεντήκοντα 1 by group according to hundreds and according to fifties This refers to the number of people in each of the groups. Alternate translation: “about fifty people in some groups and about a hundred people in other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 6 41 l8q3 ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 having looked up to heaven This means that he **looked up** toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives.
|
||
MRK 6 41 gr6v εὐλόγησεν 1 he blessed “he spoke a blessing” or “he gave thanks”
|
||
MRK 6 41 r49p τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας ἐμέρισεν πᾶσιν 1 he divided the two fish among them all “he divided the two fish so that everyone could have some”
|
||
MRK 6 43 rq7a ἦραν 1 they took up This could mean: (1) the disciples took up the pieces. (2) the people took up the pieces.
|
||
MRK 6 43 sk2v κλάσματα δώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα 1 12 baskets full of broken pieces “twelve baskets full of broken pieces of bread”
|
||
MRK 6 43 xk9h translate-numbers δώδεκα κοφίνων 1 12 baskets “twelve baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
MRK 6 44 v4m3 translate-numbers πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 5,000 men “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
MRK 6 44 u413 figs-explicit ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 those who ate the loaves were 5,000 men The number of women and children was not counted. If it would not be understood that women and children were present, it can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “And there were 5,000 men who ate the loaves. They did not even count the women and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 6 45 bc6z figs-ellipsis εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side This refers to the Sea of Galilee. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 6 45 y3ve translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 6 46 l6az ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς 1 having sent them away “when he had sent the people away”
|
||
MRK 6 48 rvu4 0 Connecting Statement: A storm arises while the disciples are trying to cross the lake. Seeing Jesus walking on the water terrifies them. They do not understand how Jesus can calm the storm.
|
||
MRK 6 48 g7ka translate-ordinal τετάρτην φυλακὴν 1 the fourth watch This is the time between 3 AM and sunrise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
MRK 6 49 s8cd φάντασμά 1 a ghost the spirit of a dead person or some other kind of spirit
|
||
MRK 6 50 et5c figs-parallelism θαρσεῖτε…μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Take courage! … Do not fear! These two sentences are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
MRK 6 51 u2u6 figs-explicit λείαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἐξίσταντο 1 they were completely amazed among themselves If you need to be more specific, it can stated what they were amazed by. Alternate translation: “they were completely amazed at what he had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 6 52 m53m figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις 1 about the loaves Here the phrase **the loaves** refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. Alternate translation: “what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread” or “what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 6 52 t1qb figs-metaphor ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη 1 their heart had been hardened A **heart** that has been **hardened** represents being too stubborn to understand. Alternate translation: “they were too stubborn to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 6 53 rc3z 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus and his disciples arrive at Gennesaret in their boat, people see him and bring people for him to heal. This happens wherever they go.
|
||
MRK 6 53 p316 translate-names Γεννησαρὲτ 1 Gennesaret This is the name of the region to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 6 55 e7fh figs-explicit περιέδραμον ὅλην τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 1 they ran throughout that whole region It may be helpful to state why they ran through the region. Alternate translation: “they ran throughout the whole district in order to tell others that Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 6 55 d9k9 περιέδραμον…ἤκουον 1 they ran throughout … they were hearing The word **they** refers to the people who recognized Jesus, not to the disciples.
|
||
MRK 6 55 wr7f figs-nominaladj τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας 1 those having sickness This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
MRK 6 56 bjv5 ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο 1 wherever he was entering “wherever Jesus entered”
|
||
MRK 6 56 gi6y ἐτίθεσαν 1 they were putting Here, **they** refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples.
|
||
MRK 6 56 y6hs figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
MRK 6 56 a3i3 παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 were begging him This could mean: (1) the sick were begging him. (2) the people were begging him.
|
||
MRK 6 56 m366 ἅψωνται 1 they might touch The word **they** refers to the sick.
|
||
MRK 6 56 wd2u τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 the edge of his garment “the hem of his robe” or “the edge of his clothes”
|
||
MRK 6 56 ugr3 ὅσοι ἂν 1 as many as “all those who”
|
||
MRK 7 intro vq1j 0 # Mark 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hand washing<br><br>The Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Ephphatha”<br><br>This is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||
MRK 7 1 hu3f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus rebukes the Pharisees and scribes.
|
||
MRK 7 1 b9ul συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 are gathering around him “are gathered around Jesus”
|
||
MRK 7 2 b8qw writing-background 0 General Information: In verses 3 and 4, the author gives background information about the Pharisees’ washing traditions in order to show why the Pharisees were bothered that Jesus’ disciples did not wash their hands before eating. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
MRK 7 2 wd6i translate-versebridge 0 General Information: Verses 3 and 4 can be reordered in order to make it easier to understand, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||
MRK 7 2 a2qf ἰδόντες 1 they had seen “the Pharisees and the scribes saw”
|
||
MRK 7 2 eea5 figs-activepassive τοῦτ’ ἔστιν ἀνίπτοις 1 that is, unwashed The word **unwashed** explains why the disciples’ hands were defiled. It can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “that is, with hands that they had not washed” or “that is, that they had not washed their hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 7 3 mj6u τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 of the elders Jewish **elders** were leaders in their communities and were also judges for the people.
|
||
MRK 7 4 wsb8 χαλκίων 1 copper vessels “copper kettles” or “metal containers”
|
||
MRK 7 5 hts4 figs-metaphor διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ κοιναῖς χερσὶν ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον? 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? **Walk in** here is a metaphor for “obey.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 7 5 ugom figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ κοιναῖς χερσὶν ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον? 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? The Pharisees and scribes asked this question to challenge Jesus’ authority. This can be written as two statements. Alternate translation: “Your disciples disobey the traditions of our elders! They should wash their hands using our rituals.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 7 5 j7ht figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 bread This is a synecdoche, representing food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
MRK 7 6 t7px 0 General Information: Here Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah, who had written scripture many years earlier.
|
||
MRK 7 6 ep7u figs-metonymy τοῖς χείλεσίν 1 with their lips Here, **lips** is a metonym for speaking. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 7 6 zgt9 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Here, **heart** refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 7 6 xtab figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me This is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 7 7 f8q5 μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με 1 But they worship me in vain “But they offer me useless worship”
|
||
MRK 7 8 yqj3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||
MRK 7 8 xz71 ἀφέντες 1 Having abandoned having refused to obey
|
||
MRK 7 8 hnw4 κρατεῖτε 1 you hold fast to “you hold strongly to” or “you only keep”
|
||
MRK 7 9 e3qv figs-irony καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε 1 How well you reject the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition! Jesus uses this ironic statement to rebuke his listeners for forsaking God’s **commandment**. Alternate translation: “You think you have done well in how you have rejected the commandment of God so you may keep your own traditions, but what you have done is not good at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
MRK 7 9 r5li καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε 1 How well you reject “How skillfully you reject”
|
||
MRK 7 10 d4sd ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα 1 The one speaking evil of his father “The one who curses his father”
|
||
MRK 7 10 ayl3 θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 let him die the death “he must surely be put to death”
|
||
MRK 7 10 dv6e figs-activepassive ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 The one speaking evil of his father or mother—let him die the death You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The authorities must surely execute a person who speaks evil about his father or mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 7 11 q76i κορβᾶν…ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς 1 Whatever you would have profited from me is Corban The tradition of the scribes said that once money or other things were promised to the temple, they could not be used for any other purpose.
|
||
MRK 7 11 cd57 translate-transliterate κορβᾶν 1 is Corban **Corban** is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning, and then leave out Mark’s explanation of the meaning that follows. Alternate translation: “is a gift to God” or “belongs to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||
MRK 7 11 ev2r figs-activepassive ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον 1 that is, a gift This phrase explains the meaning of the Hebrew word “Corban.” You can state this in active form. Mark explained the meaning so that his non-Jewish readers could understand what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “I have given it to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 7 12 g18b translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verses 11 and 12, Jesus shows how the Pharisees teach people that they do not have to obey God’s commandment to honor their parents. In verse 11 Jesus tells what the Pharisees allow people to say about their possessions, and in verse 12 he tells how that shows the Pharisees’ attitude toward people helping their parents. This information can be reordered to first tell about the Pharisees’ attitude toward people helping their parents and then tell how that attitude is shown in what the Pharisees allow people to say about their possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||
MRK 7 12 cb8c figs-explicit οὐκέτι ἀφίετε αὐτὸν οὐδὲν ποιῆσαι τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί 1 you no longer permit him to do anything for his father or his mother By doing this, the Pharisees are allowing people not to provide for their parents, if they promise to give to God what they would have given to them. You can order these words before the words that begin with “Whatever help” in verse 11: “You no longer permit a person to do anything for his father or his mother after he says, ‘Whatever help you would have received from me is Corban.’ (Corban means ‘Given to God.’)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 7 13 df13 ἀκυροῦντες 1 nullifying cancelling or doing away with
|
||
MRK 7 13 ena5 παρόμοια τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ποιεῖτε 1 you do many such similar things “you are doing may other things similar to this”
|
||
MRK 7 14 wp7p figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable to the crowd to help them understand what he has been saying to the scribes and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
MRK 7 14 ts15 προσκαλεσάμενος 1 having called “after Jesus had called”
|
||
MRK 7 14 u3nk figs-doublet ἀκούσατέ μου πάντες καὶ σύνετε 1 Listen to me, all of you, and understand The words **Listen** and **understand** are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
MRK 7 14 yni7 figs-ellipsis σύνετε 1 understand It may be helpful to state what Jesus is telling them to **understand**. Alternate translation: “try to understand what I am about to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 7 15 gk5i figs-explicit οὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 nothing from outside the man Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. This is in contrast to “what come out of the person.” Alternate translation: “nothing from outside a person that he can eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 7 15 ms5c figs-explicit τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά 1 the things that come out from the man This refers to the things a person does or says. This is in contrast to “what is outside a person that enters into him.” Alternate translation: “It is what comes out of a person that he says or does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 7 17 m42w 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples still do not understand what Jesus has just said to the scribes, Pharisees, and crowds. Jesus explains his meaning more thoroughly to them.
|
||
MRK 7 17 l7d7 καὶ 1 And The word **And** marks a break in the main story line. Jesus is now away from the crowd, in a house with his disciples.
|
||
MRK 7 18 f5sf 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach his disciples by asking a question.
|
||
MRK 7 18 z8w1 figs-rquestion οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also thus without understanding? Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I would expect you to understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 7 19 wyw4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes asking the question he is using to teach his disciples.
|
||
MRK 7 19 wi6y figs-rquestion ὅτι οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἀλλ’ εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν, καὶ εἰς τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκπορεύεται? 1 because it does not go into his heart, but into his stomach, and then passes out into the latrine? This is the end of the question that begins with the words “Do you not see” in verse 18. Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples something they should already know. It can be expressed as a statement. “You should already understand that whatever enters into a person from outside cannot defile him, because it cannot go into his heart, but it goes into his stomach and then passes out into the latrine.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 7 19 y2cr figs-metonymy οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν 1 it does not go into his heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Here Jesus means that food does not affect a person’s character. Alternate translation: “it cannot go into his inner being” or “it cannot go into his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 7 19 he68 οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται 1 it does not go Here, **it** refers to what goes into a person; that is, what a person eats.
|
||
MRK 7 19 hm98 figs-explicit καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα 1 making all foods clean It may be helpful to explain clearly what this phrase means. Alternate translation: “all foods clean, meaning that people can eat any food without God considering the eater defiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 7 20 r12p ἔλεγεν 1 he was saying “Jesus said”
|
||
MRK 7 20 eq3a τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον, ἐκεῖνο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 What is coming out from the man, that defiles the man “What defiles a person is what comes out of him”
|
||
MRK 7 21 lm51 figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται 1 out of the heart of men, proceed evil thoughts Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Alternate translation: “out of the inner being of a person, come evil thoughts” or “out of the mind of a person, come evil thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 7 22 y3md ἀσέλγεια 1 sensuality not controlling one’s lustful desires
|
||
MRK 7 23 h9ta figs-ellipsis ἔσωθεν ἐκπορεύεται 1 come out from within Here the word **within** describes a person’s heart. Alternate translation: “come from within a person’s heart” or “come from within a person’s thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 7 24 k9bl 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus goes away to Tyre, he heals the daughter of a Gentile woman who has extraordinary faith.
|
||
MRK 7 25 j2k9 figs-idiom εἶχεν…πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον 1 having an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that she was possessed by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “being possessed by an unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 7 25 q47q προσέπεσεν 1 fell down “knelt.” This is an act of honor and submission.
|
||
MRK 7 26 aik7 writing-background ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἦν Ἑλληνίς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει 1 But the woman was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent The word **But** marks a break in the main story line, as this sentence gives us background information about the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
MRK 7 26 e39y translate-names Συροφοινίκισσα 1 a Syrophoenician This is the name of the woman’s nationality. She was born in the Phoenician region in Syria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 7 27 gsj7 figs-metaphor ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν 1 Permit the children first be fed, for it is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the dogs Here Jesus speaks about the Jews as if they are **children** and the Gentiles as if they are **dogs**. Alternate translation: “Let the children of Israel first be fed. For it is not right to take the children’s bread and throw it to the Gentiles, who are like dogs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 7 27 r898 figs-activepassive ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα 1 Permit the children first to be fed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “We must first feed the children of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 7 27 k2wb figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 bread This refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
MRK 7 27 yn61 τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 to the dogs This refers to small dogs kept as pets.
|
||
MRK 7 29 sa9t figs-explicit ὕπαγε 1 go Jesus was implying that she no longer needed to stay to ask him to help her daughter. He would do it. Alternate translation: “you may go now” or “you may go home in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 7 29 pa3u figs-explicit ἐξελήλυθεν τὸ δαιμόνιον, ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου 1 The demon has gone out from your daughter Jesus has caused the unclean spirit to leave the woman’s **daughter**. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “I have caused the evil spirit to leave your daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 7 31 g44h 0 Connecting Statement: After healing people in Tyre, Jesus goes to the Sea of Galilee. There he heals a deaf man, which amazes the people.
|
||
MRK 7 31 k9gy ἐξελθὼν ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων Τύρου 1 having gone out from the region of Tyre “having left the region of Tyre”
|
||
MRK 7 31 paz4 ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὁρίων 1 up to a part of the region This could mean: (1) “up to a place in the region” as Jesus is at the sea in the region of the Decapolis. (2) “through part of the region” as Jesus went through the region of the Decapolis to get to the sea.
|
||
MRK 7 31 cxa8 translate-names Δεκαπόλεως 1 of the Decapolis This is the name of a region that means Ten Cities. It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:20](../05/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 7 32 bnq6 φέρουσιν 1 they bring “the people brought”
|
||
MRK 7 32 i5gy κωφὸν 1 someone who was deaf “a person who was not able to hear”
|
||
MRK 7 32 jlj4 figs-explicit παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ αὐτῷ τὴν χεῖρα 1 they beg him that he would lay his hand on him Prophets and teachers would put their **hands on** people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, people are begging Jesus to heal a man. Alternate translation: “they begged Jesus to put his hand on the man to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 7 33 p3aa ἀπολαβόμενος αὐτὸν 1 having taking him aside “after Jesus took the man aside”
|
||
MRK 7 33 zb1w ἔβαλεν τοὺς δακτύλους αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰ ὦτα αὐτοῦ 1 he put his fingers into his ears Jesus is putting his own fingers in the man’s ears.
|
||
MRK 7 33 jwi8 πτύσας, ἥψατο τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 having spit, he touched his tongue Jesus spits and then touches the man’s tongue.
|
||
MRK 7 33 ld3f figs-explicit πτύσας 1 having spit It may be helpful to state that Jesus **spit** on his fingers. Alternate translation: “after spitting on his fingers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 7 34 vfn4 ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 having looked up to heaven This means that he **looked up** toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives.
|
||
MRK 7 34 lbw4 translate-transliterate ἐφφαθά 1 Ephphatha Here the author refers to something by an Aramaic word. This word should be copied as is into your language using your alphabet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||
MRK 7 34 qiy7 ἐστέναξεν 1 he sighed This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ sympathy for the man.
|
||
MRK 7 34 m4a8 λέγει αὐτῷ 1 says to him “said to the man”
|
||
MRK 7 35 yg15 figs-idiom ἠνοίγησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί 1 his ears were opened This means he was able to hear. Alternate translation: “his ears were opened and he was able to hear” or “he was able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 7 35 yj4j figs-activepassive ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 the band of his tongue was released You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus took away what prevented his tongue from speaking” or “Jesus loosened his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 7 36 eb2y figs-ellipsis ὅσον…αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ 1 as much as he ordered them The refers to him ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. Alternate translation: “the more he ordered them not to tell anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 7 36 zce7 μᾶλλον περισσότερον 1 the more abundantly “the more widely” or “the more”
|
||
MRK 7 37 iy76 ὑπέρπερισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 they were extremely astonished “they were utterly amazed” or “they were exceedingly astonished” or “they were astonished beyond all measure”
|
||
MRK 7 37 dh17 figs-metonymy τοὺς κωφοὺς…ἀλάλους 1 the deaf … the mute These refer to people. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people” or “people who cannot hear … people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 8 intro ry56 0 # Mark 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>When Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.<br><br>Yeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “Adulterous generation”<br><br>When Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Jesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples ([Mark 8:17-21](./17.md)) and scolding the people ([Mark 8:12](../../mrk/08/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Mark 8:35-37](./35.md)).
|
||
MRK 8 1 sgv6 0 Connecting Statement: A great, hungry crowd is with Jesus. He feeds them using only seven loaves and a few fish before Jesus and his disciples get in a boat to go to another place.
|
||
MRK 8 1 rmd8 writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 In those days This phrase is used to introduce a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
MRK 8 2 h8v8 ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσίν μοι, καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσιν τι φάγωσιν 1 they are remaining with me already for three days and do not have anything to eat “this is this third day these people have been with me, and they have nothing to eat”
|
||
MRK 8 3 u3mu figs-hyperbole ἐκλυθήσονται 1 they will faint This could be: (1) a literal statement that they may lose consciousness temporarily. (2) a hyperbolic exaggeration that means “they may become weak.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
MRK 8 4 jdk2 figs-rquestion πόθεν τούτους δυνήσεταί τις ὧδε χορτάσαι ἄρτων ἐπ’ ἐρημίας? 1 From where will anyone be able to feed these people with bread here in this desolate place? The disciples are expressing surprise that Jesus would expect them to be able to find enough food. Alternate translation: “This place is so deserted that there is no place here for us to get enough loaves of bread to satisfy these people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 8 4 b7tn ἄρτων 1 with bread Loaves of **bread** are lumps of dough that have been shaped and baked.
|
||
MRK 8 5 m56c ἠρώτα αὐτούς 1 he asked them “Jesus asked his disciples”
|
||
MRK 8 6 x2jr figs-quotations παραγγέλλει τῷ ὄχλῳ ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 he commands the crowd to recline on the ground This can be written as a direct quote. “Jesus commanded the crowd, ‘Sit down on the ground’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
MRK 8 6 x144 ἀναπεσεῖν 1 to recline Use your language’s word for how people customarily eat when there is no table, whether sitting or lying down.
|
||
MRK 8 7 pzy6 καὶ εἶχαν 1 and they had Here the word **they** is used to refer to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||
MRK 8 7 mb6v εὐλογήσας αὐτὰ 1 having blessed them “after Jesus gave thanks for the fish”
|
||
MRK 8 8 m9k6 ἔφαγον 1 they ate “the people ate”
|
||
MRK 8 8 mxn1 ἦραν 1 they picked up Here, **they** could refer to the disciples, or to the people in the crowd.
|
||
MRK 8 8 v5zi figs-explicit περισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας 1 an abundance of broken pieces—seven baskets This refers to the **broken pieces** of fish and bread that were left over after the people ate. Alternate translation: “the remaining broken pieces of bread and fish, which filled seven large baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 8 9 m81z figs-explicit καὶ ἀπέλυσεν αὐτούς 1 and he sent them away It may be helpful to clarify when **he sent them away**. Alternate translation: “and after they ate, Jesus sent them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 8 10 y8u3 figs-explicit ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά 1 he went into the region of Dalmanutha It may be helpful to clarify how they got to Dalmanutha. Alternate translation: “he sailed around the Sea of Galilee to the region of Dalmanutha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 8 10 x33a translate-names Δαλμανουθά 1 of Dalmanutha This is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 8 11 cqy5 0 Connecting Statement: In Dalmanutha, Jesus refuses to give the Pharisees a sign before he and his disciples get in a boat and leave.
|
||
MRK 8 11 f9y8 ζητοῦντες παρ’ αὐτοῦ 1 seeking from him “asking him for”
|
||
MRK 8 11 zi91 figs-metonymy σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a sign from heaven They wanted **a sign** that would prove that Jesus’ power and authority were from God. The word **heaven** could be: (1) a metonym for God. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” (2) the sky. Alternate translation: “a sign from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 8 11 cl3q figs-explicit πειράζοντες αὐτόν 1 testing him The Pharisees tried to test Jesus to make him prove that he was from God. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “to prove that God had sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 8 12 sn5a ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 having sighed deeply in his spirit This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated this in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md).
|
||
MRK 8 12 s8xl τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit “in himself”
|
||
MRK 8 12 g4lz figs-rquestion τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον? 1 Why does this generation seek for a sign? Jesus is scolding them. This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This generation should not seek a sign.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 8 12 l335 figs-explicit τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ 1 Why does this generation seek for When Jesus speaks of **this generation**, he is referring to the people who lived at that time. The Pharisees are included in this group. Alternate translation: “Why do you and the people of this generation seek for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 8 12 a2x2 figs-activepassive εἰ δοθήσεται…σημεῖον 1 if a sign will be given You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 8 13 i2se figs-explicit ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, πάλιν ἐμβὰς 1 having left them, having boarded a boat again Jesus’ disciples went with him. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after he left them and got into a boat again with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 8 13 u1qk figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side You can state clearly that this describes the Sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 8 14 fl8d 0 Connecting Statement: While Jesus and his disciples are in a boat, they have a discussion about the lack of understanding among the Pharisees and Herod, though they had seen many signs.
|
||
MRK 8 14 m74g writing-background καὶ 1 And Here, **And** marks a break in the main story line. Here the author tells background information about the disciples forgetting to bring bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
MRK 8 14 gtg6 figs-litotes εἰ μὴ ἕνα ἄρτον 1 except for one loaf The negative phrase **except for** is used to emphasize how small an amount of bread they had. Alternate translation: “only one loaf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
MRK 8 15 bd2x figs-doublet ὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε 1 Keep watch! Be on guard These two terms have a common meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. They can be combined. Alternate translation: “Keep watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
MRK 8 15 ya88 figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου 1 the yeast of the Pharisees and the yeast of Herod Here Jesus is speaking to his disciples in a metaphor they do not understand. Jesus is comparing the Pharisees’ and Herod’s teachings to **yeast**, but you should not explain this when you translate it because the disciples themselves did not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 8 16 xs4p figs-explicit ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 that they have no bread In this statement, it may be helpful to state what they thought Jesus had meant when he spoke to them about **bread**. Alternate translation: “that he must have said that because they had no bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 8 16 zfw3 figs-hyperbole ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 they have no bread The word **no** is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread ([Mark 8:14](../08/14.md)), but that was not much different from having no bread at all. Alternate translation: “very little bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
MRK 8 17 hnh6 figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 Why are you reasoning that you do not have bread? Here Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking that I am talking about actual bread.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 8 17 dmt2 figs-parallelism οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε? 1 Do you not yet perceive, nor understand? These questions have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize that they do not understand. This can be written as one question. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet understand?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
MRK 8 17 wf6j figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε? 1 Do you not yet perceive, nor understand? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should perceive and understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 8 17 fn31 figs-metonymy πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 8 17 rq8c figs-metaphor πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? The phrase **hearts become hardened** is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 8 17 mihv figs-rquestion πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your thinking has become so dull!” or “You are so slow to understand what I mean!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 8 18 u1gh figs-rquestion ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε? καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε? 1 Having eyes, do you not see? And having ears, do you not hear? And do you not remember? Jesus continues to mildly rebuke his disciples. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 8 19 e37p figs-metonymy τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους 1 the 5,000 This refers to the 5,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: “the 5,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 8 19 t7ig translate-numbers τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους 1 the 5,000 “the five thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
MRK 8 19 e4zq figs-explicit πόσους κοφίνους κλασμάτων πλήρεις ἤρατε 1 how many baskets full of broken pieces did you take up It may be helpful to state when they collected the baskets of pieces. Alternate translation: “how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 8 20 b5bm figs-metonymy τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους 1 the 4,000 This refers to the 4,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: “the 4,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 8 20 lip5 translate-numbers τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους 1 the 4,000 “the four thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
MRK 8 20 ggl1 figs-explicit πόσων σπυρίδων πληρώματα κλασμάτων ἤρατε 1 how many baskets full of broken pieces did you take up It may be helpful to state when they collected these. Alternate translation: “how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 8 21 kh42 figs-rquestion πῶς οὔπω συνίετε? 1 How do you not yet understand? Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples for not understanding. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 8 22 c92c 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus and his disciples get out of their boat at Bethsaida, Jesus heals a blind man.
|
||
MRK 8 22 mul4 translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated the name of this town in [Mark 6:45](../06/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 8 22 mx9q figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψηται 1 that he would touch him It may be helpful to state why they wanted Jesus to touch the man. Alternate translation: “to touch him in order to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 8 23 t5ud πτύσας εἰς τὰ ὄμματα αὐτοῦ, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ, ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν 1 having spit into his eyes, having laid his hands on him, he was asking him “when Jesus had spit on the man’s eyes and laid his hands on him, Jesus asked the man”
|
||
MRK 8 24 jcv8 ἀναβλέψας 1 having looked up “when the man looked up”
|
||
MRK 8 24 r6tk figs-simile βλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι ὡς δένδρα ὁρῶ περιπατοῦντας 1 I see men who look like walking trees The man sees men **walking** around, yet they are not clear to him, so he compares them to **trees**. Alternate translation: “Yes, I see people! They are walking around, but I cannot see them clearly. They look like trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
MRK 8 25 png5 εἶτα πάλιν ἐπέθηκεν 1 Then he again laid “Then Jesus again laid”
|
||
MRK 8 25 td9l figs-activepassive καὶ διέβλεψεν καὶ ἀπεκατέστη 1 and he looked intently and was restored The phrase **was restored** can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “restoring the man’s sight, and then the man opened his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 8 27 e4l3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus and his disciples talk on their way to the villages of Caesarea Philippi about who Jesus is and what will happen to him.
|
||
MRK 8 28 bh7h οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ λέγοντες 1 But they said to him, saying “But they answered him, saying,”
|
||
MRK 8 28 ac8h figs-explicit Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν 1 John the Baptist The disciples answer that this was who some people said Jesus was. This can be shown more clearly. Alternate translation: “Some people say that you are John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 8 28 nn1f figs-ellipsis ἄλλοι…ἄλλοι 1 other … others The tow occurrences of **others** refers to other people. This refers to their responses to Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “other people say you are … other people say you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 8 29 v4h4 αὐτὸς ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς 1 He asked them “Jesus asked his disciples”
|
||
MRK 8 30 fk1z figs-explicit ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 he warned them that they might tell no one about him Jesus did not want them to tell anyone that he was the Christ. This can be made more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them not to tell anyone that he is the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 8 30 rgy8 figs-quotations ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 he warned them that they might tell no one about him This can be written as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them, ‘Do not tell anyone that I am the Christ’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
MRK 8 31 d4dc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
MRK 8 31 m32p figs-activepassive ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι 1 to be rejected by the elders and the chief priests and the scribes, and to be killed, and to rise up after three days You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the elders and the chief priests and the scribes would reject him, and that men would kill him, and that after three days he would rise up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 8 32 hl4a παρρησίᾳ τὸν λόγον ἐλάλει 1 he was speaking this word openly “he said this in a way that was easy to understand”
|
||
MRK 8 32 te4z figs-explicit ἤρξατο ἐπιτιμᾶν αὐτῷ 1 began to rebuke him Peter rebuked Jesus for saying the things he said would happen to the Son of Man. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “began to rebuke him for saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 8 33 ev5s 0 Connecting Statement: After rebuking Peter for his not wanting Jesus to die and rise, Jesus tells both his disciples and the crowd how to follow him.
|
||
MRK 8 33 nu32 figs-metaphor ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ, ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς 1 Get behind me, Satan! For you are not setting your mind Jesus means that Peter is acting like **Satan** because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan! You are not setting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 8 33 r9gy ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου 1 Get behind me “Get away from me”
|
||
MRK 8 34 m732 figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν 1 to follow after me To **follow** Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 8 34 skl2 ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν 1 let him deny himself “he must not give in to his own desires” or “he must forsake his own desires”
|
||
MRK 8 34 c6ll figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me The cross represents suffering and death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 8 34 oxv6 figs-metaphor ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me “carry his cross and follow me.” Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “must obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 8 34 zs3l figs-metaphor ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 follow me To **follow** Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: “obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 8 35 d5rj ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 For whoever wants “For anyone who wants”
|
||
MRK 8 35 a6g3 τὴν ψυχὴν 1 soul This refers to both physical life and spiritual life.
|
||
MRK 8 35 mpq6 figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for my sake and for the gospel “because of me and because of the gospel.” Jesus is talking about people who lose their lives because they follow Jesus and **the gospel**. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “because he follows me and tells others the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 8 36 ua46 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ? 1 For what does it profit a man to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 8 36 w7gm κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul This can also be expressed as a condition starting with the word “if.” Alternate translation: “if he gains the whole world and then forfeits his life”
|
||
MRK 8 36 jde6 figs-hyperbole κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον 1 to gain the whole world The words **the whole world** are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he ever wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
MRK 8 36 bu77 ζημιωθῆναι 1 to forfeit To **forfeit** something is to lose it or to have another person take it away.
|
||
MRK 8 37 wua4 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 For what might a man give as an exchange for his soul? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life.” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 8 37 zw4j τί…δοῖ ἄνθρωπος 1 what might a man give If in your language to **give** requires someone to receive what is given, you can state clearly that “God” is the receiver. Alternate translation: “what can a person give to God”
|
||
MRK 8 38 rvi6 ἐπαισχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους 1 may be ashamed of me and my words “may be ashamed of me and my message”
|
||
MRK 8 38 c53y figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ, τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 in this adulterous and sinful generation Jesus speaks of this **generation** as **adulterous**, meaning that they are unfaithful in their relationship with God. Alternate translation: “in this generation of people who have committed adultery against God and are very sinful” or “in this generation of people who are unfaithful to God and are very sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 8 38 s5tm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
MRK 8 38 xd58 ὅταν ἔλθῃ 1 when he may come “when he comes back”
|
||
MRK 8 38 vl69 ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the glory of his Father When Jesus returns he will have the same **glory** as his Father.
|
||
MRK 8 38 vqk3 μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν ἁγίων 1 with the holy angels “accompanied by the holy angels”
|
||
MRK 9 intro n92j 0 # Mark 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “transfigured”<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Mark says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hyperbole<br><br>Jesus said things that he did not expect his followers to understand literally. When he said, “If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off” ([Mark 9:43](../../mrk/09/43.md)), he was exaggerating so they would know that they should stay away from anything that caused them to sin, even if it was something they loved or thought they needed.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah and Moses<br><br>Elijah and Moses suddenly appear to Jesus, James, John, and Peter, and then they disappear. All four of them saw Elijah and Moses, and because Elijah and Moses spoke with Jesus, the reader should understand that Elijah and Moses appeared physically.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 9:31](../../mrk/09/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all and servant of all” ([Mark 9:35](../../mrk/09/35.md)).
|
||
MRK 9 1 mt8p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus has just been talking to the people and his disciples about following him. Six days later, Jesus goes with three of his disciples up a mountain where his appearance temporarily changes to what he will look like one day in the kingdom of God.
|
||
MRK 9 1 q4b6 ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 he was saying to them “Jesus said to his disciples”
|
||
MRK 9 1 yjf6 figs-metonymy τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει 1 the kingdom of God come with power The kingdom of God coming represents God showing himself as king. Alternate translation: “God show himself with great power as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 9 2 uf5f figs-rpronouns κατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους 1 by themselves, alone The author uses the reflexive pronoun **themselves** here to emphasize that they were alone and that only Jesus, Peter, James, and John went up the mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
MRK 9 2 krt6 μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 he was transfigured before them When they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been.
|
||
MRK 9 2 b3bb figs-activepassive μετεμορφώθη 1 he was transfigured You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “his appearance had changed” or “he appeared very different” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 9 2 i9vm ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 before them “in front of them” or “so they could clearly him”
|
||
MRK 9 3 id6l στίλβοντα 1 radiantly “shining” or “glowing.” Jesus’ garments were so white they were emitting or giving off light.
|
||
MRK 9 3 s2qf λείαν 1 extremely as much as possible or more than most
|
||
MRK 9 3 gp48 οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι 1 as no bleacher on earth is able thus to make them white Bleaching describes the process of making natural white wool even whiter by using chemicals like bleach or ammonia. Alternate translation: “whiter than any person on earth could whiten them”
|
||
MRK 9 4 f2d6 figs-explicit ὤφθη…Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ 1 Elijah with Moses appeared It may be helpful to state who these men are. Alternate translation: “two prophets who had lived long ago, Elijah and Moses, appeared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 9 4 pj3i ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες 1 they were talking with The word **they** refers to Elijah and Moses.
|
||
MRK 9 5 w6vs ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 answering, Peter says to Jesus “Peter said to Jesus.” Here the word **answering** is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question.
|
||
MRK 9 5 iqc9 figs-exclusive καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 it is good for us to be here It is not clear whether “us” refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
MRK 9 5 k3y1 σκηνάς 1 shelters simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep
|
||
MRK 9 6 r3bn writing-background οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο 1 For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified This parenthetical sentence tells background information about Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
MRK 9 6 f8hn ἔκφοβοι…ἐγένοντο 1 they were terrified “they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid”
|
||
MRK 9 7 e3id ἐγένετο…ἐπισκιάζουσα αὐτοῖς 1 came, overshadowing them “appeared and covered them”
|
||
MRK 9 7 x4mv figs-metonymy ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 a voice came from the cloud Here, **a voice came** is a metonym for someone speaking. Alternate translation: “someone spoke from the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 9 7 zo2r figs-explicit ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 a voice came from the cloud You can state this clearly who spoke. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 9 7 hn9m οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱός μου, ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ 1 This is my Son, the Beloved. Listen to him God the Father expresses his love for **the Beloved**, the Son of God.
|
||
MRK 9 7 ybu6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
MRK 9 8 hq73 οὐκέτι…εἶδον 1 they no longer saw Here, **they** refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||
MRK 9 9 dv4d figs-explicit διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται, εἰ μὴ ὅταν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 he ordered them so that they would relate to no one what they had seen, until the Son of Man would rise from the dead This implies that he was permitting them to tell people about what they had seen only after he rose from being dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 9 9 w98g figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 would rise from the dead “would rise from among the dead.” This speaks of becoming alive again. The phrase **the dead** refers to “dead people” and is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: “risen from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 9 10 wfu9 figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 to rise from the dead “to rise from among the dead.” This speaks of becoming alive again. The phrase **the dead** refers to “dead people” and is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: “rising from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 9 10 b8y9 figs-idiom καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 And they kept the word to themselves Here, **kept the word to themselves** is an idiom that means they did not tell anyone about what they had seen. Alternate translation: “And they did not tell anyone about what they had seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 9 11 pck1 0 Connecting Statement: Though Peter, James, and John wondered what Jesus might mean by “rising from the dead,” they asked him instead about Elijah’s coming.
|
||
MRK 9 11 s9zn ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν 1 they were questioning him The word **they** refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||
MRK 9 11 h45a figs-explicit λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον? 1 Why do the scribes say that it is necessary for Elijah to come first? Prophecy foretold that **Elijah** would **come** again from heaven. Then the Messiah, who is the Son of Man, would come to rule and reign. The disciples are confused about how the Son of Man could die and rise again. Alternate translation: “Why do the scribes say that Elijah must come first before the Messiah comes?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 9 12 x5ep Ἠλείας μὲν ἐλθὼν πρῶτον ἀποκατιστάνει πάντα 1 Elijah has come first to restore all things By saying this, Jesus affirms that **Elijah** had **come first**.
|
||
MRK 9 12 s3q3 figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ? 1 And how is it written about the Son of Man that he would suffer many things and would be despised? Jesus uses this question to remind his disciples that the scriptures also teach that the Son of Man must suffer and be despised. This may be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be hated.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 9 12 i3j7 figs-activepassive ἐξουδενηθῇ 1 would be despised You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people would hate him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 9 13 k3kj figs-explicit ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἤθελον 1 they did whatever they wanted to him It may be helpful to state what people did to Elijah. Alternate translation: “our leaders treated him very badly, just as they wanted to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 9 14 qn7d 0 Connecting Statement: When Peter, James, John, and Jesus came down from the mountain, they found the scribes arguing with the other disciples.
|
||
MRK 9 14 n8fd ἐλθόντες πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 having come to the disciples Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the other **disciples** who had not gone with them up the mountain.
|
||
MRK 9 14 cs1f εἶδον ὄχλον πολὺν περὶ αὐτοὺς 1 they saw a great crowd around them “Jesus and those three disciples saw a great crowd around the other disciples”
|
||
MRK 9 14 wp9z γραμματεῖς συνζητοῦντας πρὸς αὐτούς 1 scribes arguing with them The scribes were arguing with the disciples who had not gone with Jesus.
|
||
MRK 9 15 lch5 figs-explicit ἐξεθαμβήθησαν 1 were amazed It may be helpful to state why they **were amazed**. Alternate translation: “was amazed that Jesus had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 9 17 b7v8 0 Connecting Statement: To explain what the scribes and other disciples were arguing about, a father of a demon-possessed man tells Jesus that he has asked the disciples to send the demon out of his son, but they could not. Jesus then casts the demon out of the boy. Later the disciples ask why they were not able to send the demon away.
|
||
MRK 9 17 zqw9 figs-idiom ἔχοντα πνεῦμα ἄλαλον 1 having a mute spirit This means the boy is possessed by an unclean spirit that made him unable to speak. Alternate translation: “having an unclean spirit that prevented him from speaking” or “being possessed by an unclean spirit that makes him mute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 9 18 zhc9 ἀφρίζει 1 he foams at the mouth A convulsion, or seizure, can cause a person to have trouble breathing or swallowing. This causes white foam to come out of the mouth. If your language has a way to describe that, you could use it. Alternate translation: “bubbles come out of his mouth”
|
||
MRK 9 18 h98h ξηραίνεται 1 he becomes rigid “he becomes stiff” or “his body becomes rigid”
|
||
MRK 9 18 zre6 figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἴσχυσαν 1 they could not This refers to the disciples not being about to drive the spirit out of the boy. Alternate translation: “they could not drive it out of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 9 19 tb67 figs-explicit ὁ…ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει 1 answering them, he says Though it was the boy’s father who made a request of Jesus, Jesus responds to the whole crowd. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to the crowd and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 9 19 azc9 ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος 1 You unbelieving generation “You unbelieving generation.” Jesus calls the crowd this, as he begins to respond to them.
|
||
MRK 9 19 n4dq figs-parallelism ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you? Both questions have the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
MRK 9 19 c88a figs-rquestion ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you? Jesus uses these questions to express his frustration. They can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “I have become weary by your unbelief!” or “Your unbelief tires me! I wonder how long I must bear with you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 9 19 b7u5 ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν 1 will I bear with you “should I endure you” or “must I put up with you”
|
||
MRK 9 19 b7ee φέρετε αὐτὸν πρός με 1 Bring him to me “Bring the boy to me”
|
||
MRK 9 20 bw3l τὸ πνεῦμα 1 the spirit This refers to the unclean spirit. See how you translated this in [Mark 9:17](../09/17.md).
|
||
MRK 9 20 l4r5 συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν 1 threw him into a convulsion This is a condition where a person has no control over his body, and his body shakes violently.
|
||
MRK 9 21 f5zm figs-ellipsis ἐκ παιδιόθεν 1 From childhood “Since he was a small child.” It may be helpful to state this as a full sentence. Alternate translation: “He has been like this since he was a small child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 9 22 f5yu σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 having had compassion “feeling compassion”
|
||
MRK 9 23 vh6c figs-ellipsis εἰ δύνῃ? 1 ‘If you are able’? Jesus repeated what the man had said to him. Alternate translation: “Do you say to me ‘If you are able’?” or “Why do you say ‘If you are able’?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 9 23 g3nd figs-rquestion εἰ δύνῃ? 1 ‘If you are able’? Jesus used this question to rebuke the man’s doubt. It can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not say to me, ‘If you are able.’” or “You ask me if I am able. Of course I am able.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 9 23 kp1x πάντα δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 All things are possible for the one believing “God can do anything for people who believe in him”
|
||
MRK 9 23 f3uj τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for the one believing “for the person who believes” or “for anyone who believes”
|
||
MRK 9 23 e5kk τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for the one believing This refers to belief in God. Alternate translation: “for the one who believes in God”
|
||
MRK 9 24 h4y6 βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 Help me in my unbelief The man is asking Jesus to help him overcome his unbelief and increase his faith. Alternate translation: “Help me when I do not believe” or “Help me have more faith”
|
||
MRK 9 25 qaw4 ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος 1 the crowd is running to them This means that more people were **running** toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger.
|
||
MRK 9 25 ul8k τὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν πνεῦμα 1 You mute and deaf spirit The words **mute** and **deaf** can be explained. Alternate translation: “You unclean spirit, you who are causing the boy to be unable to speak and unable to hear”
|
||
MRK 9 26 adb6 κράξας 1 having cried out “after the unclean spirit cried out”
|
||
MRK 9 26 i8dz πολλὰ σπαράξας, αὐτόν 1 convulsed him greatly “shook him violently”
|
||
MRK 9 26 ry3l figs-explicit ἐξῆλθεν 1 it came out It is implied that the spirit **came out** of the boy. Alternate translation: “it came out of the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 9 26 n7h8 figs-simile ἐγένετο ὡσεὶ νεκρὸς 1 he became like a dead person The boy’s appearance is compared to that of **a dead person**. Alternate translation: “the boy appeared dead” or “the boy looked like a dead person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
MRK 9 26 ns4t ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς 1 so that many “so that many people”
|
||
MRK 9 27 g2lt figs-idiom κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 having taken him by his hand This means that Jesus grasped the boy’s hand with his own **hand**. Alternate translation: “having grasped the boy by the hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 9 27 r9zn ἤγειρεν αὐτόν 1 lifted him up “helped him get up”
|
||
MRK 9 28 sd45 κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 by himself “privately.” This means he was alone with them.
|
||
MRK 9 28 x1ej figs-ellipsis ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό 1 cast it out “cast the unclean spirit out.” This refers to casting the spirit out of the boy. Alternate translation: “cast the unclean spirit out of the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 9 29 pdk2 figs-doublenegatives τοῦτο τὸ γένος ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ 1 This kind comes out by nothing except by prayer and fasting The words **nothing** and **except** are both negative words. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This kind can be cast out only by prayer and fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
MRK 9 29 v2s7 figs-ellipsis τοῦτο τὸ γένος 1 This kind This describes unclean spirits. Alternate translation: “This kind of unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 9 30 q4iu 0 Connecting Statement: After he heals the demon-possessed boy, Jesus and his disciples leave the house where they are staying. He takes time to teach his disciples alone.
|
||
MRK 9 30 pp6z κἀκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντες 1 And having gone out from there “And after Jesus and his disciples left that region”
|
||
MRK 9 30 f12g παρεπορεύοντο διὰ 1 they were passing through “they traveled through” or “they passed by”
|
||
MRK 9 31 ywi8 figs-explicit ἐδίδασκεν γὰρ τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ 1 for he was teaching his disciples Jesus **was teaching his disciples** privately, away from the crowd. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “for he was teaching his disciples privately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 9 31 w75k figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being delivered You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone is going to deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 9 31 y5cw guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being delivered Here Jesus refers to himself as the **Son of Man**. This is an important title for Jesus. “I, the Son of Man, am being delivered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
MRK 9 31 z8ud figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men Here, **hands** is a metonym for control. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “so that men will be able to control him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 9 31 s1n2 figs-activepassive ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται 1 having been killed, he will rise again after three days You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after they have put him to death and three days have passed, he will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 9 32 vtx1 figs-ellipsis ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτὸν ἐπερωτῆσαι 1 they were afraid to ask him They **were afraid to ask** Jesus what his statement meant. Alternate translation: “they were afraid to ask him what it meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 9 33 xv94 writing-newevent 0 Connecting Statement: When they come to Capernaum, Jesus teaches his disciples about being humble servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
MRK 9 33 swa7 ἦλθον εἰς 1 they came to “they arrived at.” The word **they** refers to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||
MRK 9 33 t717 διελογίζεσθε 1 were you discussing “were you discussing with one another”
|
||
MRK 9 34 sq3c figs-explicit οἱ…ἐσιώπων 1 they were silent They **were silent** because they were ashamed to tell Jesus what they had been discussing. Alternate translation: “they were silent because they were ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 9 34 gdg3 figs-explicit τίς μείζων 1 about who was the greatest Here, **the greatest** refers to “the greatest” among the disciples. Alternate translation: “about who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 9 35 jzl5 figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 If anyone wants to be first, he will be last of all Here the words **first** and **last** are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being **first** and of being the “least important” as being **last**. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants God to consider him to be the most important person of all, he must consider himself to be the least important of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 9 35 t526 πάντων -1 of all … of all “of all people … of all people”
|
||
MRK 9 36 gmb1 ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 in their midst “among them.” The word **their** refers to the crowd.
|
||
MRK 9 36 idb8 ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὸ 1 having taken him in his arms This means that he hugged the child or picked him up and held him.
|
||
MRK 9 37 h242 ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων 1 one of these little children “a child like this”
|
||
MRK 9 37 ul12 figs-idiom ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name This means to do something because of love for Jesus. Alternate translation: “because he loves me” or “for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 9 37 y24n figs-explicit τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 the one who has sent me This refers to God, who has sent him to earth. Alternate translation: “God, who has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 9 38 idn7 ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 John was saying to him “John said to Jesus”
|
||
MRK 9 38 tn6s figs-explicit ἐκβάλλοντα δαιμόνια 1 casting out demons “sending away demons.” This refers to **casting** **demons** out of people. Alternate translation: “casting demons out of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 9 38 dxq5 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 in your name Here, **name** is associated with Jesus’ authority and power. Alternate translation: “by the authority of your name” or “by the power of your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 9 38 k2i2 figs-idiom οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν 1 he was not following us This means that he is not among their group of disciples. Alternate translation: “he is not one of us” or “he does not walk with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 9 40 tma4 οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν 1 is not against us “is not opposing us”
|
||
MRK 9 40 j8gq ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 is for us It can be explained clearly what this means. Alternate translation: “is trying to achieve the same goals that we are”
|
||
MRK 9 41 lz5d figs-metaphor ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε 1 may give you a cup of water in the name that you are of Christ Jesus speaks about giving someone **a cup of water** as an example of how one person may help another. This is a metaphor for helping someone in any way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 9 41 bgq1 figs-litotes οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ 1 he may certainly not lose This negative sentence emphasizes the positive meaning. In some languages, it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he will definitely receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
MRK 9 42 z6k5 μύλος ὀνικὸς 1 a large millstone a large, round stone used for grinding grain into flour
|
||
MRK 9 43 g8dv figs-metonymy ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου 1 if your hand may cause you to stumble Here, **hand** is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your hand. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 9 43 iku4 κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 to enter into life maimed “to be maimed and then to enter into life” or “to be maimed before entering into life”
|
||
MRK 9 43 g6ww figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 to enter into life Dying and then beginning to live eternally is spoken of as entering **into life**. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and begin to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 9 43 qjm9 κυλλὸν 1 maimed missing a body part as a result of having it removed or being injured. Here it refers to missing a hand. Alternate translation: “without a hand” or “missing a hand”
|
||
MRK 9 43 ttl7 εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον 1 into the unquenchable fire “where the fire cannot be put out”
|
||
MRK 9 45 lx2b figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε 1 if your foot may cause you to stumble Here the word **foot** is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your feet, such as going to a place you should not go to. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful with one of your feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 9 45 vj49 εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν 1 to enter into life lame “to be lame and then to enter into life” or “to be lame before entering into life”
|
||
MRK 9 45 r1dy figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 to enter into life Dying and then beginning to live eternally is spoken of as entering **into life**. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and begin to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 9 45 c2vw χωλὸν 1 lame “unable to walk easily.” Here it refers not being able to walk well because of missing a foot. Alternate translation: “without a foot” or “missing a foot”
|
||
MRK 9 45 tmd6 figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 to be thrown into hell You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 9 47 n5tw figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν 1 if your eye may cause you to stumble, tear it out Here the word **eye** could be: (1) a metonym for desiring to sin by looking at something. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful by looking at something, tear your eye out” (2) a metonym for desiring to sin because of what you have looked at. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 9 47 e52s figs-explicit μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα 1 to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye than, having two eyes This refers to the state of a person’s physical body when he dies. A person does not take his physical body with him into eternity. Alternate translation: “to enter into the kingdom of God after having lived on earth with only one eye than, having lived on earth with two eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 9 47 r2gn figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 to be thrown into hell You can state this in the active form. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 9 48 uh4p figs-explicit ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ 1 where their worm does not die The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “where worms that eat people there do not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 9 49 mr5y figs-activepassive πᾶς…πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 everyone will be salted with fire You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone with fire” or “Just as salt purifies a sacrifice, God will purify everyone by allowing them to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 9 49 ma3s figs-metaphor πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 will be salted with fire Here, **fire** is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them. So **will be salted with fire** is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: “will be made pure in the fire of suffering” or “will suffer in order to be purified as a sacrifice is purified with salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 9 50 rb7r ἄναλον γένηται 1 may become unsalty “loses its salty taste”
|
||
MRK 9 50 fqb8 figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε? 1 with what will you season it? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 9 50 t76n αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε 1 will you season it “will you make it taste salty again”
|
||
MRK 9 50 f34y figs-metaphor ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα 1 Have salt in yourselves Jesus speaks of doing good things for one another as if good things were **salt** that people possess. Alternate translation: “Do good to each other, like salt adds flavor to food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 10 intro bq25 0 # Mark 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 10:7-8.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jesus’ teaching about divorce<br><br>The Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage to show that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Metaphors are pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of “the cup which I will drink,” he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant” ([Mark 10:43](../../mrk/10/43.md)).
|
||
MRK 10 1 vf86 0 Connecting Statement: After Jesus and his disciples leave Capernaum, Jesus reminds the Pharisees, as well as his disciples, what God really expects in marriage and divorce.
|
||
MRK 10 1 qq93 figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς, ἔρχεται 1 having gotten up, he goes from that place Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him. They were leaving Capernaum. Alternate translation: “getting up, Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum and went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 10 1 j5wa καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 and the other side of the Jordan River “and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River” or “and to the area east of the Jordan River”
|
||
MRK 10 1 qyp5 πάλιν ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς 1 he was teaching them again The word **them** refers to the crowds.
|
||
MRK 10 1 vzb4 εἰώθει 1 he had been accustomed to do “was his custom” or “he usually did”
|
||
MRK 10 3 p9nu τί ὑμῖν ἐνετείλατο Μωϋσῆς? 1 What did Moses command you? Moses gave the law to their ancestors, which they now were also supposed to follow. Alternate translation: “What did Moses command your ancestors about this?”
|
||
MRK 10 4 qu28 βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 a certificate of divorce This was a paper saying that the woman was no longer his wife.
|
||
MRK 10 5 djt9 writing-quotations ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς…ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην 1 But Jesus said to them, “Because of your hardness of heart, he wrote this commandment to you In some languages speakers do not interrupt a quote to say who is speaking. Rather they say who is speaking at the beginning or end of the complete quote. Alternate translation: “But Jesus said to them, ‘He wrote this commandment to you because of your hardness of heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||
MRK 10 5 jzb2 πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν, ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην 1 Because of your hardness of heart, he wrote this commandment to you Long before this time, Moses wrote this law for the Jews and their descendants because they had hard hearts. The Jews of Jesus’ time also had hard hearts, so Jesus included them by using the words **your** and **you**. Alternate translation: “He wrote this law because your ancestors and you had hard hearts”
|
||
MRK 10 5 m73x figs-metonymy τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 10 5 xqzb figs-metaphor τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart The phrase **hardness of heart** is a metaphor for “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 10 6 m6lj ἐποίησεν αὐτούς 1 He made them “God made people”
|
||
MRK 10 7 k39e 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to quote what God said in the book of Genesis.
|
||
MRK 10 7 xr7h ἕνεκεν τούτου 1 For the sake of this “Therefore” or “Because of this”
|
||
MRK 10 8 rd63 καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν 1 and the two will become one flesh Jesus finishes quoting what God said in the book of Genesis.
|
||
MRK 10 8 p7yc figs-metaphor οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ 1 they are no longer two, but one flesh This is a metaphor to illustrate their close union as husband and wife. Alternate translation: “the two people are like one person” or “they are no longer two, but together they are one body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 10 9 ty4e figs-explicit ὃ οὖν ὁ Θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω 1 Therefore what God joined together, let man not separate The phrase **what God joined together** refers to any married couple. Alternate translation: “Therefore since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one tear them apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 10 10 ufw6 καὶ εἰς 1 And in “And when Jesus and his disciples were in”
|
||
MRK 10 10 c2ya figs-explicit εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 in the house Jesus’ disciples were speaking to him privately. Alternate translation: “alone in the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 10 10 l8fu περὶ τούτου ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν 1 asked him about this The word **this** refers to the conversation that Jesus had just had with the Pharisees about divorce.
|
||
MRK 10 11 i5kp ὃς ἂν 1 Whoever “Anyone who”
|
||
MRK 10 11 vt25 μοιχᾶται ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 commits adultery against her Here, **her** refers to the first woman he was married to.
|
||
MRK 10 12 sn1m figs-explicit μοιχᾶται 1 she commits adultery In this situation she **commits adultery** again her previous husband. Alternate translation: “she commits adultery against him” or “she commits adultery against the first man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 10 13 j3t9 0 Connecting Statement: When the disciples rebuke the people for bringing their little children to Jesus, he blesses the children and reminds the disciples that people must be as humble as a child to enter the kingdom of God.
|
||
MRK 10 13 zx1f writing-newevent καὶ προσέφερον 1 And they were bringing “And people were bringing.” This is the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
MRK 10 13 pk8a figs-explicit αὐτῶν ἅψηται 1 he might touch them This means that Jesus would **touch them** with his hands and bless them. Alternate translation: “he might touch them with his hands and bless them” or “he might lay his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 10 13 w5lm ἐπετίμησαν αὐτοῖς 1 rebuked them “rebuked the people”
|
||
MRK 10 14 lsq4 ἰδὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 having seen this, Jesus The word **this** refers to the disciples rebuking the people who were bringing the children to Jesus.
|
||
MRK 10 14 rv7x ἠγανάκτησεν 1 was indignant “became angry”
|
||
MRK 10 14 yi5m figs-parallelism ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not prevent them These two clauses have similar meanings, repeated for emphasis. In some languages it is more natural to emphasize this in another way. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
MRK 10 14 qj7i figs-doublenegatives μὴ κωλύετε 1 do not prevent This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
MRK 10 14 je6w figs-metaphor τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for of those such as these is the kingdom of God The **kingdom** belonging to people represents the kingdom including them. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God includes people who are like them” or “because only people like them are members of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 10 15 y3a2 ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 whoever might not receive the kingdom of God as a little child may certainly not enter into it “if anyone will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, he will definitely not enter it”
|
||
MRK 10 15 a1e7 figs-simile ὡς παιδίον 1 as a little child Jesus is comparing how people must receive the kingdom of God to how little children would receive it. Alternate translation: “in the same manner as a child would” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
MRK 10 15 h8pt μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 might not receive the kingdom of God “does not accept God as their king”
|
||
MRK 10 15 q3ck οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 may certainly not enter into it The word **it** refers to the kingdom of God.
|
||
MRK 10 16 jq4f ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ 1 having taken them into his arms “holding the children in his arms”
|
||
MRK 10 17 fpp6 figs-metaphor ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω 1 in order that I might inherit everlasting life Here the man speaks of “receiving” as if it were “inheriting.” This metaphor is used to emphasize the importance of receiving. Also, **inherit** here does not mean that someone has to die first. Alternate translation: “in order to receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 10 18 lw1f figs-rquestion τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? 1 Why are you calling me good? Jesus asks this question to remind the man that no man is **good** the way God is good. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 10 18 b5wg ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 is good except God alone “good. Only God is good”
|
||
MRK 10 19 hj3v μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς 1 do not testify falsely “do not testify falsely against anyone” or “do not lie about someone in court”
|
||
MRK 10 21 syq1 figs-metaphor ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ 1 One thing you are lacking “There is one thing you are missing.” Here, **lacking** is a metaphor for needing to do something. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 10 21 rd85 figs-metonymy δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 give it to the poor Here the word **it** refers to the things he sells and is a metonym for the money he receives when he sells them. Alternate translation: “give the money to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 10 21 ux1l figs-nominaladj τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 to the poor This refers to **poor** people. Alternate translation: “to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
MRK 10 21 iij4 θησαυρὸν 1 treasure wealth, valuable things
|
||
MRK 10 22 v58f ἔχων κτήματα πολλά 1 one having many possessions “someone who owned many things”
|
||
MRK 10 23 k5nk πῶς δυσκόλως 1 How difficult it is “It is very difficult”
|
||
MRK 10 24 z9z1 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 but again answering, Jesus says to them “but Jesus said to his disciples again”
|
||
MRK 10 24 fh1q figs-metaphor τέκνα, πῶς 1 Children, how “My children, how.” Jesus is teaching them as a father would teach his **children**. Alternate translation: “My friends, how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 10 24 jf83 πῶς δύσκολόν ἐστιν 1 how hard it is “it is very hard”
|
||
MRK 10 25 f15k figs-hyperbole εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν 1 It is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God Jesus uses an exaggeration to emphasize how very difficult it is for **rich** people to get into **the kingdom of God**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
MRK 10 25 hl4s figs-hypo εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον 1 It is easier for a camel This speaks of an impossible situation. If you cannot state this in this way in your language, it can be written as a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “It would be easier for a camel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
MRK 10 25 t4y8 τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος 1 the eye of a needle “the hole of a needle.” This refers to the small hole in the end of a sewing **needle** that thread passes through.
|
||
MRK 10 26 ly6b οἱ δὲ περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 But they were greatly astonished “But the disciples were very astonished”
|
||
MRK 10 26 q8b7 figs-rquestion καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 And who is able to be saved? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “If that is so, then no one will be saved!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 10 27 a7bi figs-ellipsis παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἀδύνατον, ἀλλ’ οὐ παρὰ Θεῷ 1 With men it is impossible, but not with God The understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “It is impossible for people to save themselves, but God can save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 10 28 hcv3 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold **Behold** is used here to draw attention to the words that come next.
|
||
MRK 10 28 cj3f ἀφήκαμεν πάντα 1 have left everything “have left everything behind”
|
||
MRK 10 29 zhx5 figs-litotes οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν 1 there is no one who has left The phrase **there is no one who has left** is a litotes. Jesus uses it to emphasize that every single person who leaves things for Jesus' sake will receive the rewards that he lists in the next verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
MRK 10 29 m1w3 ἢ ἀγροὺς 1 or lands “or plots of ground” or “or the land that he owns”
|
||
MRK 10 29 hr9y ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake “for my cause” or “for me”
|
||
MRK 10 29 pf2g τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the gospel “to proclaim the gospel”
|
||
MRK 10 30 sjhg figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ 1 who may not receive Jesus finishes a sentence that begins with the words **there is no one who has left** (verse 29). You can state the whole sentence positively. “everyone who has left house, or brothers, or sisters, or mother, or father, or children, or lands, for my sake, and for the gospel, will receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
MRK 10 30 heb4 ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ 1 in this time “in this life” or “in this present age”
|
||
MRK 10 30 jev2 ἀδελφοὺς, καὶ ἀδελφὰς, καὶ μητέρας, καὶ τέκνα 1 brothers, and sisters, and mothers, and children Like the list in verse 29, this describes the family in general. The word “fathers” is missing in verse 30, but it does not significantly change the meaning.
|
||
MRK 10 30 ae92 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ διωγμῶν, καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 with persecutions, and in the age that is coming, everlasting life This can be reworded so that the ideas in the abstract noun **persecutions** are expressed with the verb “persecute.” Because the sentence is so long and complicated, “will receive” can be repeated. Alternate translation: “and even though people persecute them, in the world to come, they will receive everlasting life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
MRK 10 30 v8nr ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ 1 in the age that is coming “in the future world” or “in the future”
|
||
MRK 10 31 ym7t figs-metaphor ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 who are first will be last, and the last first Here the words **first** and **last** are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “important” as being “first” and of being the “unimportant” as being “last.” Alternate translation: “are important will be unimportant, and those who are unimportant will be important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 10 31 xcj1 figs-nominaladj ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 the last first The phrase **the last** refers to people who are “last.” Also, the understood verb in this clause may be supplied. Alternate translation: “those who are last, first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
MRK 10 31 mo59 figs-ellipsis ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 the last first The understood verb in this clause may be supplied. Alternate translation: “those who are last will be first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 10 32 zc62 ἦσαν δὲ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἀναβαίνοντες εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ ἦν προάγων αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 And they were on the road, going up to Jerusalem, and Jesus was going ahead of them “And Jesus and his disciples were walking on the road, on the way up to Jerusalem, and Jesus was in front of his disciples”
|
||
MRK 10 32 hq7y οἱ…ἀκολουθοῦντες 1 those who are following behind “those who were following behind them.” Some people were walking behind Jesus and his disciples.
|
||
MRK 10 33 pv4w ἰδοὺ 1 Behold “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||
MRK 10 33 s1hp figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 the Son of Man will be delivered Jesus is speaking about himself. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 10 33 ha2g figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 the Son of Man will be delivered You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will deliver the Son of Man” or “they will hand the Son of Man over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 10 33 zhf1 κατακρινοῦσιν 1 they will condemn The word **they** refers to the chief priests and the scribes.
|
||
MRK 10 33 ils2 παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 deliver him to the Gentiles “put him under the control of the Gentiles”
|
||
MRK 10 34 ccd3 ἐμπαίξουσιν 1 they will mock “people will mock”
|
||
MRK 10 34 xv2g figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise This refers to rising from the dead. Alternate translation: “he will rise from being dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 10 35 li9k figs-exclusive θέλομεν…αἰτήσωμέν…ἡμῖν 1 we desire … for us … we may ask The words **we** and **us** refer only to James and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
MRK 10 37 bb98 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου 1 in your glory “when you are glorified.” The phrase **in your glory** refers to when Jesus is glorified and rules over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “when you rule in your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 10 38 v1bf οὐκ οἴδατε 1 You do not know “You do not understand”
|
||
MRK 10 38 yvu8 figs-metaphor πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω 1 to drink the cup which I am drinking Here, **cup** refers to what Jesus must suffer. Suffering is often referred to as drinking from a cup. Alternate translation: “drink the cup of suffering that I will drink” or “drink from the cup of suffering that I will drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 10 38 pd7l figs-metaphor τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι 1 to be baptized with the baptism with which I am being baptized Here, **baptism** and **being baptized** represent suffering. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: “to endure the baptism of suffering which I will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 10 39 r3pm figs-ellipsis δυνάμεθα 1 We are able They respond this way, meaning that they **are able** to drink the same cup and endure the same baptism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 10 39 hc1g πίεσθε 1 you will drink “you will drink as well”
|
||
MRK 10 40 ig8f τὸ δὲ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἢ ἐξ εὐωνύμων, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι 1 But to sit at my right hand or at my left hand is not mine to give “But I am not the one who allows people to sit at my right hand or my left hand”
|
||
MRK 10 40 pdc1 ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται 1 but it is for those for whom it has been prepared “but those places are for those for whom they have been prepared.” The word **it** refers to the places to his right hand and to his left hand.
|
||
MRK 10 40 eu9v figs-activepassive ἡτοίμασται 1 it has been prepared You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has prepared it” or “God has prepared them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 10 41 ad19 ἀκούσαντες, 1 When heard about this The word **this** refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus’ right and left hands.
|
||
MRK 10 42 sbk8 προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 having summoned them, Jesus “after Jesus called his disciples, he”
|
||
MRK 10 42 sfs9 figs-activepassive οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 that those who are considered rulers of the Gentiles You can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) the people in general consider these people the rulers of the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “that those whom people consider to be the rulers of the Gentiles.” (2) the Gentiles consider these people their rulers. Alternate translation: “that those whom the Gentiles think of as their rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 10 42 hme7 κατακυριεύουσιν 1 lord it over have control or power over
|
||
MRK 10 42 zfr3 κατεξουσιάζουσιν 1 exercise authority over “flaunt their authority over.” This means that they show or use their authority in an overbearing way.
|
||
MRK 10 43 zfz6 figs-explicit οὐχ οὕτως δέ ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 But it is not this way among you This refers back to the previous verse about the Gentile rulers. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “But do not be like them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 10 43 fc3m μέγας γενέσθαι 1 to become great “to be highly respected”
|
||
MRK 10 44 e7sn figs-metaphor εἶναι πρῶτος 1 to be first This is a metaphor for being the most important. Alternate translation: “to be the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 10 45 a3fr figs-activepassive καὶ γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι 1 For even the Son of Man did not come to be served You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “For even the Son of Man did not come to have people serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 10 45 rik1 διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι 1 to be served, but to serve “to be served by people, but to serve people”
|
||
MRK 10 45 d9jd ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 in exchange for many “in the place of many people”
|
||
MRK 10 46 n4i3 0 Connecting Statement: As Jesus and his disciples continue walking toward Jerusalem, Jesus heals blind Bartimaeus, who then walks with them.
|
||
MRK 10 46 bq3j translate-names ὁ υἱὸς Τιμαίου, Βαρτιμαῖος, τυφλὸς προσαίτης 1 Bartimaeus, a blind beggar, son of Timaeus “a blind beggar named Bartimaeus, the son of Timaeus.” **Bartimaeus** is the name of a man. **Timaeus** is his father’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 10 47 ynr7 figs-ellipsis ἀκούσας ὅτι Ἰησοῦς…ἐστιν 1 having heard that it was Jesus Bartimaeus **heard** people saying **that it was Jesus**. Alternate translation: “when he heard people saying that it was Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 10 47 vwz9 figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ 1 Son of David Jesus is called the Son of David because he is a descendant of King David. Alternate translation: “You who are the Messiah descended from King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 10 48 ca5u ἐπετίμων…πολλοὶ 1 many were rebuking “many people rebuked”
|
||
MRK 10 48 m32u πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 much more “even more”
|
||
MRK 10 49 t5ch figs-quotations εἶπεν, φωνήσατε αὐτόν 1 said, “Call him.” You can translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “commanded others to call him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
MRK 10 49 ac7h φωνοῦσι 1 they call The word **they** refers to the crowd.
|
||
MRK 10 49 jvr1 θάρσει 1 Take courage! “Have courage” or “Do not be afraid”
|
||
MRK 10 49 gnb9 φωνεῖ σε 1 He is calling you “Jesus is calling for you”
|
||
MRK 10 50 z6ec ἀναπηδήσας 1 having sprung up “having jumped up”
|
||
MRK 10 51 i5an ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ 1 answering him “answering the blind man”
|
||
MRK 10 51 dap1 ἀναβλέψω 1 I might receive my sight “I would be able to see”
|
||
MRK 10 52 s5d2 figs-explicit ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has healed you This phrase is written this way to place emphasis on the man’s **faith**. Jesus heals the man because he believes that Jesus can heal him. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I am healing you because you believed in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 10 52 ub7w ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ 1 he was following him “he followed Jesus”
|
||
MRK 11 intro xg3t 0 # Mark 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:9-10, 17, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md))
|
||
MRK 11 1 ch4j καὶ ὅτε ἐγγίζουσιν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, εἰς Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν πρὸς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 And when they come to Jerusalem, to Bethphage and Bethany, to the Mount of Olives “And when Jesus and his disciples came near to Jerusalem, they came to Bethphage and Bethany near the Mount of Olives” They had come to **Bethphage and Bethany** in the vicinity of **Jerusalem**.
|
||
MRK 11 1 g1fy translate-names Βηθφαγὴ 1 Bethphage This is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 11 2 bi22 τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν 1 opposite us “ahead of us”
|
||
MRK 11 2 r41g πῶλον 1 a colt This refers to a young donkey that is large enough to carry a man.
|
||
MRK 11 2 yw78 figs-activepassive ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν 1 on which no man has yet sat This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “that no one has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 11 3 xw55 figs-explicit τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? 1 Why are you doing this? It can be written clearly what the word **this** refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 11 3 k7fd αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 has need of it “needs it”
|
||
MRK 11 3 yj5y figs-explicit εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 immediately he sends it back here Jesus will send it back promptly when he is finished using it. Alternate translation: “will immediately send it back when he no longer needs it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 11 4 y381 ἀπῆλθον 1 they went away “the two disciples went away”
|
||
MRK 11 4 i2ml πῶλον 1 a colt This refers to a young donkey that is large enough to carry a man. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:2](../11/02.md).
|
||
MRK 11 6 j39z οἱ…εἶπον 1 they spoke “they responded”
|
||
MRK 11 6 ij7y καθὼς εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 just as Jesus told them “just as Jesus had told them to respond.” This refers to how **Jesus** had **told them** to respond to people’s questions about taking the colt.
|
||
MRK 11 6 m8pm figs-idiom ἀφῆκαν αὐτούς 1 they gave them permission This means that they allowed them to continue doing what they were doing. Alternate translation: “they let them take the donkey with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 11 7 ice6 ἐπιβάλλουσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 throw their cloaks on it, and he sat on it “laid their cloaks on its back so Jesus could ride it.” It is easier to ride a colt or a horse when there is a blanket or something similar on its back. In this case, the disciples threw **their cloaks** on it.
|
||
MRK 11 7 k9g7 τὰ ἱμάτια 1 cloaks “coats” or “robes”
|
||
MRK 11 8 t8hy figs-explicit πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν 1 many spread their cloaks on the road It was a tradition to lay garments on **the road** in front of important people to honor them. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “many people spread their garments on the road to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 11 8 nx3n figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν 1 and others, branches having been cut from the fields It was a tradition to lay palm **branches** on the road in front of an important people to honor them. Alternate translation: “and others spread branches on the road that they had cut from the fields, also to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 11 9 ye41 οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες 1 those following “those who followed Jesus”
|
||
MRK 11 9 d8se translate-transliterate ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna This word means “save us,” but people also shouted it joyfully when they wanted to praise God. You can translate it according to how it was used, or you can write **Hosanna** using your language’s way of spelling that word. Alternate translation: “Praise God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||
MRK 11 9 x1bz figs-explicit εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Blessed is the one who comes This is referring to Jesus. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “Blessed are you, the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 11 9 e2p6 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord This is a metonym for the Lord’s authority. Alternate translation: “with the authority of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 11 9 el81 εὐλογημένος 1 Blessed is “May God bless”
|
||
MRK 11 10 a6b4 figs-explicit εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David “Blessed is our father David’s coming kingdom.” This refers to Jesus **coming** and ruling as king. Alternate translation: “Blessed be the coming of your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 11 10 kkfo figs-activepassive εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David The word **blessed** can be translated as an active verb. Alternate translation: “May God bless you as you rule your coming kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 11 10 diq8 figs-metonymy τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 of our father David Here David’s descendant who will rule is referred to as **David** himself. Alternate translation: “of the greatest descendant of our father David” or “that David’s greatest descendant will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 11 10 b1si ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest This could mean: (1) they should praise God who is in heaven. (2) those who are in heaven should shout ‘Hosanna’.
|
||
MRK 11 10 vqm2 figs-metaphor τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 the highest Here heaven is spoken of as **the highest**. Alternate translation: “the highest heaven” or “heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 11 11 mz8r ὀψίας ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας 1 the hour already being late “because it was already late in the day”
|
||
MRK 11 11 t5nv ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα 1 he went out to Bethany with the Twelve “he and his twelve disciples left Jerusalem and went to Bethany”
|
||
MRK 11 12 zr8n ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας 1 when they had returned from Bethany “while they were going back to Jerusalem from Bethany”
|
||
MRK 11 13 y447 0 Connecting Statement: This happens while Jesus and his disciples are walking to Jerusalem.
|
||
MRK 11 13 yg5n εἰ ἄρα τι εὑρήσει ἐν αὐτῇ 1 if perhaps he could find anything on it “looking to see if there was any fruit on it”
|
||
MRK 11 13 j6cq figs-litotes οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 he found nothing except leaves Mark is using a negative expressions to emphasize that there were only leaves on the tree. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
MRK 11 13 vy09 figs-explicit οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 he found nothing except leaves This means that he did not find any figs. Alternate translation: “he did not find any figs at all on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 11 13 g76z ὁ…καιρὸς 1 the season “the time of year”
|
||
MRK 11 14 u3bk figs-apostrophe εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 he said to it, “No one will ever eat fruit from you again.” Jesus speaks to the fig tree and curses it. He speaks to it so that his disciples hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||
MRK 11 14 b362 εἶπεν αὐτῇ 1 he said to it “he spoke to the tree”
|
||
MRK 11 14 ij5h ἤκουον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples heard it The word **it** refers to Jesus speaking to the fig tree.
|
||
MRK 11 15 hj7z ἔρχονται 1 coming “Jesus and his disciples came”
|
||
MRK 11 15 md5l figs-explicit ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 he began to cast out those selling and those buying in the temple Jesus is forcing these people out of **the temple**. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “he began to drive the sellers and buyers out of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 11 15 s4m2 τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας 1 those selling and those buying “the people who were buying and selling”
|
||
MRK 11 17 ve56 0 General Information: God had said earlier in his word, through the prophet Isaiah, that his temple would be a house of prayer for all the nations.
|
||
MRK 11 17 xrz2 figs-rquestion οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? 1 Is it not written, ‘My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations’? Jesus is rebuking the Jewish leaders for their misuse of the temple. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is written in the scriptures that God said, ‘I want my house to be called a house where people from all nations may pray.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 11 17 dpt1 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 But you have made it a den of robbers Jesus compares the people to **robbers** and the temple to a robbers’ **den**. Alternate translation: “But you are like robbers who have made my house into a robbers’ den” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 11 17 qc6k σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 a den of robbers “a cave where robbers hide”
|
||
MRK 11 18 k6dv ἐζήτουν πῶς 1 they were seeking a way “they were looking for a way”
|
||
MRK 11 19 h4hg ὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο 1 when evening came “in the evening”
|
||
MRK 11 19 y7la ἐξεπορεύοντο ἔξω τῆς πόλεως 1 they were departing from the city “Jesus and his disciples left the city”
|
||
MRK 11 20 m27r 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus uses the example of the fig tree to remind the disciples to have faith in God.
|
||
MRK 11 20 b56h παραπορευόμενοι 1 passing by “walking along the road”
|
||
MRK 11 20 s8ki figs-explicit τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν 1 the fig tree had been withered from its roots Translate this statement to clarify that the **tree** died. Alternate translation: “the fig tree had withered away down to its roots and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 11 20 a83v ἐξηραμμένην 1 had been withered “had dried up”
|
||
MRK 11 21 jt3h figs-explicit ἀναμνησθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος 1 having remembered, Peter It may be helpful to state what **Peter** **remembered**. Alternate translation: “Peter, remembering what Jesus had said to the fig tree,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 11 22 ry5v ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 answering, Jesus says to them “Jesus replied to his disciples”
|
||
MRK 11 23 sy61 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||
MRK 11 23 c3cj ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ 1 whoever might say “if anyone says”
|
||
MRK 11 23 y76p figs-metonymy μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ 1 may not doubt in his heart, but may believe Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his heart” or “if he does not doubt but believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 11 23 fzp5 ἔσται αὐτῷ 1 it will be for him “God will make it happen”
|
||
MRK 11 24 pn9x grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Because of this, I say to you “So I tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||
MRK 11 24 tu5z figs-explicit ἔσται ὑμῖν 1 it will be yours It is understood that this will happen because God will provide what you ask for. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 11 25 m7xi ὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμενοι 1 when you stand praying It is common in Hebrew culture to **stand** when **praying** to God. Alternate translation: “when you pray”
|
||
MRK 11 25 f6ex εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος 1 if you have something against anyone “whatever grudge you have against anyone.” Here the word **something** refers to any grudge you hold **against** someone for sinning against you or any anger you have against someone.
|
||
MRK 11 27 n3ei 0 Connecting Statement: The next day when Jesus returns to temple, he gives the chief priests, scribes, and elders an answer to their question about his casting the money changers out of the temple area, by asking them another question, which they were not willing to answer.
|
||
MRK 11 27 s2ac ἔρχονται…εἰς 1 they come to “Jesus and his disciples came to”
|
||
MRK 11 27 alh5 ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ 1 as he is walking around in the temple This means that Jesus was walking around inside of the temple courtyard; he was not walking into the temple.
|
||
MRK 11 28 r3ik ἔλεγον αὐτῷ 1 they were saying to him The word **they** refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders.
|
||
MRK 11 28 se9b figs-parallelism ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς? 1 By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do them? This could mean: (1) both of these questions have the same meaning and are asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority and so can be combined. Alternate translation: “Who gave you authority to do these things?” (2) these are two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
MRK 11 28 p5u3 figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 these things The words **these things** refer to Jesus turning over the sellers’ tables in the temple and speaking against what the chief priests and scribes taught. Alternate translation: “things like those you did here yesterday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 11 30 jj91 τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου 1 The baptism of John “The baptism that John performed”
|
||
MRK 11 30 fr1b ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 was it from heaven or from men “was it authorized by heaven or by men”
|
||
MRK 11 30 sh7b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven Here, **heaven** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 11 30 i5is ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 from men “from people”
|
||
MRK 11 31 s9vv figs-ellipsis ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 If we would say, ‘From heaven,’ This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: “If we say, ‘It was from heaven,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 11 31 nu1m figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here, **heaven** refers to God. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 11 31 t9er οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 did you not believe him The word **him** refers to John the Baptist.
|
||
MRK 11 32 aus1 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’ This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘It was from men,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 11 32 v2gs ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 From men “From people”
|
||
MRK 11 32 b5qb figs-explicit ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’… The religious leaders imply that they will suffer from the people if they give this answer. Alternate translation: “But we do not want to say that it was from men or the crowd may attack us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 11 32 z93u figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’… The religious leaders do not finish their statement, since they all understood what would happen if they said John's baptism was not from God. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men,’ that would not be good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 11 32 z998 figs-explicit ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον 1 They were afraid of the crowd The author, Mark, explains why the religious leaders did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men. You can state this clearly. “They said this to each other because they were afraid of the people” or “They did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men because they were afraid of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 11 33 us4a figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἴδαμεν 1 We do not know This refers to the baptism of John. This understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 12 intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hypothetical Situations<br><br>Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
MRK 12 1 w2hb figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus speaks this parable against the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
MRK 12 1 qa93 καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν 1 Then Jesus began to speak to them in parables The word **them** here refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders to whom Jesus had been talking in the previous chapter.
|
||
MRK 12 1 qap8 περιέθηκεν φραγμὸν 1 put a hedge around it He put a barrier around the vineyard. It could have been a row of shrubs, a fence, or a stone wall.
|
||
MRK 12 1 ns9e figs-explicit ὤρυξεν ὑπολήνιον 1 dug a pit for a winepress This means that he carved a pit on the rock, which would be the bottom part of the winepress used for collecting the squeezed grape juice. Alternate translation: “carved a pit into rock for the winepress” or “he made a vat to collect the juice from the winepress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 12 1 l2i2 ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 leased the vineyard to vine growers The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the vine growers to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest.
|
||
MRK 12 2 s83v figs-explicit τῷ καιρῷ 1 at the season This refers to the time of harvest. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “when the time came to harvest the grapes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 12 3 vz7k καὶ λαβόντες αὐτὸν 1 But having seized him “But after the vine growers grabbed the slave”
|
||
MRK 12 3 c321 figs-explicit κενόν 1 with nothing This means that they did not give him any of the fruit. Alternate translation: “without any grapes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 12 4 f3f4 ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 he sent to them “the owner of the vineyard sent to the vine growers”
|
||
MRK 12 4 w1ge figs-explicit κἀκεῖνον ἐκεφαλίωσαν 1 and that one, they wounded in the head This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “and they beat that one on the head, and they hurt him terribly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 12 5 l1yw figs-ellipsis ἄλλον…κἀκεῖνον ἀπέκτειναν; καὶ πολλοὺς ἄλλους 1 another, and that one they killed, and many others These phrases refer to other slaves. Alternate translation: “yet another slave, and they killed him, and many other slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 12 6 z5hz figs-explicit υἱὸν ἀγαπητόν 1 a beloved son It is implied that this is the owner’s **son**. Alternate translation: “his beloved son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 12 7 m63e figs-explicit ὁ κληρονόμος 1 the heir This is the owner’s **heir**, who would inherit the vineyard after his father died. Alternate translation: “the owner’s heir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 12 7 s5dc figs-synecdoche ἡ κληρονομία 1 the inheritance The tenants are referring to the vineyard as **the inheritance**. Alternate translation: “this vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
MRK 12 8 gx6l λαβόντες 1 having seized him “after the vine growers seized the son”
|
||
MRK 12 9 r4md figs-rquestion τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 Therefore, what will the lord of the vineyard do? Jesus asks a question and then gives the answer to teach the people. The question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 12 9 rde6 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 Therefore Jesus has finished telling the parable and is now asking the people what they think will happen next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||
MRK 12 9 g4ce ἀπολέσει 1 destroy kill
|
||
MRK 12 9 mc5y figs-explicit δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 will give the vineyard to others The word **others** refers to other vine growers who will care for the vineyard. Alternate translation: “he will give the vineyard to other vine growers to care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 12 10 v6ta 0 General Information: This scripture was written long before in God’s word.
|
||
MRK 12 10 xj9j figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: 1 And have you not read this scripture? Jesus reminds the people of a **scripture** passage. He uses a rhetorical question here to rebuke them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read this scripture.” or “And you should remember this scripture.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 12 10 jpa3 ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 has become the head of the corner You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord made into the cornerstone”
|
||
MRK 12 11 r8z8 παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 This came from the Lord “The Lord has done this”
|
||
MRK 12 11 k5w6 figs-metaphor ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes Here, **in our eyes** stands for seeing, which is a metaphor for the people’s opinion. Alternate translation: “we have seen it and think that it is marvelous” or “we think that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 12 12 b1vz ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι 1 they were seeking to seize him Here, **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders. This group may be referred to as “the Jewish leaders.”
|
||
MRK 12 12 sl74 ἐζήτουν 1 they were seeking “they wanted”
|
||
MRK 12 12 lx62 figs-explicit καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 but they feared the crowd They were afraid of what **the crowd** would do to them if they arrested Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “but they feared what the crowd would do if they arrested him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 12 12 v9wb πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 against them “to accuse them”
|
||
MRK 12 13 s1hb 0 Connecting Statement: In an effort to trap Jesus, some of the Pharisees and Herodians, and then the Sadducees, come to Jesus with questions.
|
||
MRK 12 13 z2sf καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν 1 And they send “Then the Jewish leaders sent”
|
||
MRK 12 13 pj3c τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 the Herodians This was the name of an informal political party that supported Herod Antipas.
|
||
MRK 12 13 kuy5 figs-metaphor ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν 1 in order to trap him Here the author describes tricking Jesus as “trapping him.” Alternate translation: “to trick him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 12 14 dh3d λέγουσιν 1 they say Here, **they** refers to those sent from among the Pharisees and the Herodians.
|
||
MRK 12 14 cp3x figs-litotes οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone The negation can modify the verb. Alternate translation: “you do not care about people’s opinions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
MRK 12 14 xptc figs-idiom οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone This is an idiom that means that Jesus does not show favoritism. Alternate translation: “you are not concerned with earning people’s favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 12 15 g48w figs-explicit ὁ…εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν 1 he, knowing their hypocrisy They were acting hypocritically. This can be explained more clearly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, knowing that they did not really want to know what God wanted them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 12 15 c7nj figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε? 1 Why do you test me? Jesus rebukes the Jewish leaders because they were trying to trick him. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 12 15 wl34 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius This coin was worth a day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||
MRK 12 16 ev6s οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν 1 And they brought one “So the Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius”
|
||
MRK 12 16 wd1n ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή 1 is this likeness and inscription “is this picture and name”
|
||
MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-ellipsis οἱ…εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Καίσαρος 2 they said to him, “Caesar’s.” Here, **Caesar’s** refers to his likeness and inscription. Alternate translation: “they said, ‘They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 12 17 fl4l figs-metonymy τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι 1 The things of Caesar, give back to Caesar Jesus is teaching that his people must respect the government by paying taxes. This figure of speech can be clarified by changing **Caesar** to Roman government. Alternate translation: “Give to the Roman government the things that belong to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 12 17 la16 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and the things of God, to God The understood verb may be supplied. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 12 17 pw4r figs-explicit ἐξεθαύμαζον ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 they were marveling at him They were amazed at what Jesus had said. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they marveled at him and at what he had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 12 18 rdl7 figs-explicit οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 who say there is no resurrection This phrase explains who the Sadducees were. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “who say there is no resurrection from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 12 19 e8x2 figs-quotations Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ 1 Moses wrote to us, ‘If someone’s brother may die The Sadducees are quoting what **Moses** had written in the law. Moses’ quote can be expressed as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote for us that if a man’s brother dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
MRK 12 19 m8fh ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν 1 wrote to us “wrote to us Jews.” The Sadducees were a group of Jews. Here they use the word **us** to refer to themselves and all Jews.
|
||
MRK 12 19 g49e λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα 1 his brother should take the wife “the man should marry his brother’s wife”
|
||
MRK 12 19 m2um figs-explicit ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 should raise up offspring to his brother “have a son for his brother.” The man’s first son would be considered to be the dead brother’s son, and the son’s descendants would be considered to be the dead brother’s descendants. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “should have a son who will be considered to be the dead brother’s son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 12 20 wz27 figs-hypo ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν 1 There were seven brothers The Sadducees talk about a situation that did not really happen because they want Jesus to tell them what he thinks is right and wrong. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||
MRK 12 20 pj71 ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first the first brother
|
||
MRK 12 20 af1t ὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα 1 the first took a wife “the first married a woman.” Here marrying a woman is spoken of as “taking” her.
|
||
MRK 12 21 d61g figs-ellipsis ὁ δεύτερος…ὁ τρίτος 1 the second … the third These numbers refer to each of the brothers and can be expressed as such. Alternate translation: “the second brother … the third brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 12 21 na6s ὁ δεύτερος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν 1 the second took her “the second married her.” Here marrying a woman is spoken of as “taking” her.
|
||
MRK 12 21 l1ds figs-explicit ὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως 1 the third likewise It may be helpful to explain what **likewise** means. Alternate translation: “the third brother married her as his other bothers did, and he also died leaving no children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 12 22 wjq8 figs-ellipsis οἱ ἑπτὰ 1 the seven This refers to all the brothers. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 12 22 l3dg figs-explicit οἱ ἑπτὰ οὐκ ἀφῆκαν σπέρμα 1 the seven did not leave offspring Each of the brothers married the woman and then died before he had any children with her. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “eventually all seven brothers married that woman one by one, but none of them had any children with her, and one by one they died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 12 23 w4wu figs-rquestion ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει, ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν, τίνος αὐτῶν ἔσται γυνή 1 In the resurrection, when they may rise again, of which of them will she be a wife? The Sadducees are testing Jesus by asking this question. If your readers can only understand this as a request for information, this can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now tell us whose wife she will be in the resurrection, when they all rise again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 12 24 zp2p figs-rquestion οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Are you not being led astray because of this, not knowing the scriptures nor the power of God? Jesus rebukes the Sadducees because they are mistaken about God’s law. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken because you do not know the scriptures nor the power of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 12 24 li2y μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς 1 not knowing the scriptures This means that they do not understand what is written in the Old Testament **scriptures**.
|
||
MRK 12 24 i8il τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the power of God “how powerful God is”
|
||
MRK 12 25 nvh6 ὅταν γὰρ…ἀναστῶσιν 1 For when they may rise Here the word **they** refers to the brothers and the woman from the example.
|
||
MRK 12 25 y8vz figs-metaphor ἀναστῶσιν 1 they may rise Waking and getting up from sleep is a metaphor for becoming alive after having been dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 12 25 vh7r ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||
MRK 12 25 p5ak οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 they neither marry nor are given in marriage “they do not marry, and they are not given in marriage”
|
||
MRK 12 25 h7ii figs-activepassive γαμίζονται 1 are given in marriage You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and no one gives them in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 12 25 pi8l τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 the heavens This refers to the place where God lives.
|
||
MRK 12 26 z36n figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐγείρονται 1 that are raised This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: “who rise” or “who rise to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 12 26 jc5a τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως 1 the book of Moses “the book that Moses wrote”
|
||
MRK 12 26 w2lj figs-explicit τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush This refers to the part of the Book of Moses that tells about when God spoke to Moses out of a **bush** that was burning but that did not burn up. Alternate translation: “the passage about the burning bush” or “the words about the fiery bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 12 26 si2b τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush This refers to a shrub, a woody plant that is smaller than a tree.
|
||
MRK 12 26 y35v πῶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς 1 how God spoke to him “about when God spoke to Moses”
|
||
MRK 12 26 re82 ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ 1 I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob This means that **Abraham**, **Isaac**, and **Jacob** worship **God**. These men have died physically, but they are still alive spiritually and still worship God.
|
||
MRK 12 27 dgc9 figs-nominaladj Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 the God of the dead, but of the living Here, **the dead** refers to people who are dead, and **the living** refers to people who are alive. Alternate translation: “not the God of dead people, but of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
MRK 12 27 v7ui figs-ellipsis Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 the God of the dead, but of the living You can state **the God** clearly in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “not the God of dead people, but the God of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 12 27 l22e ζώντων 1 of the living This includes people who are alive physically and spiritually.
|
||
MRK 12 27 wmz2 figs-explicit πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 You are quite being led astray It may be helpful to state what they are lead astray about. Alternate translation: “When you say that dead people do not rise again, you are quite mistaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 12 27 sp7x πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 You are quite being led astray “You are completely mistaken” or “You are very wrong”
|
||
MRK 12 28 q1u5 ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν 1 he asked him “the scribe asked Jesus”
|
||
MRK 12 29 n74y figs-nominaladj πρώτη ἐστίν 1 The first is Here, **The first** refers to the most important commandment. Alternate translation: “The most important commandment is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
MRK 12 29 mq92 ἄκουε, Ἰσραήλ, Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν 1 Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one “Listen, O Israel! The Lord our God is one Lord”
|
||
MRK 12 30 xjng figs-doublet ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 from your whole heart … from your whole soul … from your whole mind … from your whole strength These four phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
MRK 12 30 q49v figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου 1 from your whole heart, and from your whole soul Here, **heart** and “soul” are metonyms for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 12 31 tp6p figs-simile ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You will love your neighbor as yourself Jesus uses this simile to compare how people are to love each other with the same love as they love themselves. Alternate translation: “You must love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
MRK 12 31 pyc1 τούτων 1 than these Here the word **these** refers to the two commandments that Jesus had just told the people.
|
||
MRK 12 32 qqm4 καλῶς, Διδάσκαλε 1 Good, Teacher “Good answer, Teacher” or “Well said, Teacher”
|
||
MRK 12 32 awe3 figs-idiom εἷς ἐστιν 1 he is one This means that there is only **one** God. Alternate translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 12 32 as2j figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος 1 that there is no other The word “God” is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “that there is no other God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 12 33 xnq9 figs-doublet ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς συνέσεως…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος 1 from your whole heart … from your whole understanding … from your whole strength These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
MRK 12 33 k42a figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας 1 from your whole heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 12 33 tw15 figs-simile τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 to love your neighbor as yourself This simile compares how people are **to love** each other with the same love that they love themselves. Alternate translation: “to love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
MRK 12 33 ll9t figs-idiom περισσότερόν ἐστιν 1 is even more than This idiom means that something is more important than something else. In this case, these two commandments are more pleasing to God that burnt offering and sacrifices. This may be written clearly. Alternate translation: “is even more important than” or “is even more pleasing to God than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 12 34 b144 figs-litotes οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “You are very close to the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
MRK 12 34 is4c figs-metaphor οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God Here Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as king as being physically close to **the kingdom of God**, as if it where a physical place. Alternate translation: “You are close to submitting to God as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 12 34 rgh8 figs-litotes οὐδεὶς οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα 1 no one any longer was daring You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “everyone was afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
MRK 12 35 ptc8 figs-explicit ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἔλεγεν διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 answering, Jesus, teaching in the temple, said Some time has passed and Jesus is now in the temple. This is not part of the previous conversation. Alternate translation: “And later, while Jesus was teaching in the temple area, he said to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 12 35 q6e4 figs-rquestion πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς, υἱὸς Δαυείδ ἐστιν? 1 How do the scribes say that the Christ is the son of David? Jesus uses this question to get the people to think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Consider why the scribes say the Christ is the son of David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 12 35 i6a4 υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the son of David “a descendant of David”
|
||
MRK 12 36 e1zq figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 David himself This word **himself** refers to **David** and is used to place emphasis on him and what he said. Alternate translation: “It was David who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
MRK 12 36 ejy2 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ 1 in the Holy Spirit This means that he was inspired by **the Holy Spirit**. That is, the Holy Spirit directed David in what he said. Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 12 36 dv7b figs-explicit εἶπεν…εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 said, ‘The Lord said to my Lord Here David calls God **The Lord** and calls the Christ **my Lord**. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “said about the Christ, ‘The Lord God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 12 36 v53p translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand Jesus is quoting a psalm. Here God is speaking to the Christ. To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
MRK 12 36 mml8 figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I may place your enemies under your feet In this quote, God speaks of defeating enemies as placing them under his feet. Alternate translation: “until I completely defeat your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 12 37 ka5u λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 calls him ‘Lord,’ Here the word **him** refers to the Christ.
|
||
MRK 12 37 rh2t figs-rquestion καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 and how is he his son? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “so consider how the Christ can be a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 12 38 z649 figs-abstractnouns ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 greetings in the marketplaces The noun **greetings** can be expressed with the verb “greet.” Alternate translation: “for people to greet them in the marketplaces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
MRK 12 38 k31m figs-explicit ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 greetings in the marketplaces These greetings showed that the people respected the scribes. Alternate translation: “to be greeted respectfully in the marketplaces” or “for people to greet them respectfully in the marketplaces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 12 40 jtw4 figs-metaphor οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of the widows Here Jesus describes the scribes’ cheating of **widows** and stealing of their **houses** as “devouring” their houses. Alternate translation: “They also cheat widows in order to steal their houses from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 12 40 j27b figs-synecdoche τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 the houses of the widows The words **widows** and **houses** are synecdoches for helpless people and all of a person’s important possessions, respectively. Alternate translation: “everything from helpless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
MRK 12 40 qm52 figs-activepassive οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 These will receive greater condemnation You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish them with greater condemnation” or “God will certainly punish them severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 12 40 h36x figs-explicit λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 will receive greater condemnation The word **greater** implies a comparison. Here the comparison is to other men who are punished. Alternate translation: “will receive greater condemnation than other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 12 41 r69x 0 Connecting Statement: Still in the temple area, Jesus comments on the value of the widow’s offering.
|
||
MRK 12 41 p2kp τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου 1 the temple offering box This **box**, which everyone could use, was the place into which people gave offerings to the **temple**.
|
||
MRK 12 42 g6ry translate-bmoney λεπτὰ δύο 1 two mites “two small copper coins.” These were the least valuable coins available. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||
MRK 12 42 n29e ἐστιν κοδράντης 1 are a quadrans “are worth very little.” A **quadrans** is worth very little. Translate **quadrans** with the name of the smallest coin in your language if you have one that is worth very little.
|
||
MRK 12 43 ipl1 translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verse 43 Jesus says that the widow put more money in the offering than the rich people put in, and in verse 44 he tells his reason for saying that. The information can be reordered so that Jesus tells his reason first and then says that the widow put in more, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||
MRK 12 43 n7su προσκαλεσάμενος 1 having called “when Jesus had called”
|
||
MRK 12 43 q124 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||
MRK 12 43 n8z5 πάντων…τῶν βαλλόντων εἰς 1 all of those putting into “all the other people who put money into”
|
||
MRK 12 44 ui9a τοῦ περισσεύοντος 1 abundance much wealth, many valuable things
|
||
MRK 12 44 l4tp τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς 1 her poverty “her lack” or “the little she had”
|
||
MRK 12 44 p3as τὸν βίον αὐτῆς 1 of her livelihood “she had to survive on”
|
||
MRK 13 intro ti7d 0 # Mark 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:24-25, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The return of Christ<br><br>Jesus said much about what would happen before he returned ([Mark 13:6-37](./06.md)). He told his followers that bad things would happen to the world and bad things would happen to them before he returned, but they needed to be ready for him to return at any time.
|
||
MRK 13 1 rrv1 0 General Information: As they leave the temple area, Jesus tells his disciples what will happen in the future to the wonderful temple that Herod the Great has built.
|
||
MRK 13 1 ql81 figs-explicit ποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ ποταπαὶ οἰκοδομαί 1 What wonderful stones and wonderful buildings The **stones** refer to the stones that the **buildings** were built with. Alternate translation: “What wonderful buildings and the wonderful stones that they are made of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 13 2 rez6 figs-rquestion βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς? οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον 1 Do you see these great buildings? Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here This question is used to draw attention to the buildings. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look at these great buildings! Not one stone will be left stacked on top of another” or “You see these great buildings now, but not a single stone will be left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 13 2 zu46 figs-explicit οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ 1 Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here, which may certainly not be torn down It is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 13 2 xdhj figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ 1 Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here, which may certainly not be torn down You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Not one stone will remain on top of another, for enemy soldiers will come and destroy these buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 13 3 e913 0 Connecting Statement: In answer to the disciples’ questions about the temple’s destruction and what was going to happen, Jesus tells them what was going to take place in the future.
|
||
MRK 13 3 izt8 figs-explicit καὶ καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ…Πέτρος 1 And as he was sitting on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter It can be expressed clearly that Jesus and his disciples had walked to **the Mount of Olives**. Alternate translation: “And after arriving at the Mount of Olives, which is opposite the temple, Jesus sat down. Then Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 13 3 u7ju κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 by himself when they were alone
|
||
MRK 13 4 uf37 figs-explicit πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα 1 when will these things be? And what is the sign when all these things are about to be fulfilled This refers to what Jesus had just said will happen to the stones of the temple. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “when will these things happen to the buildings of the temple, and what will be the sign that these things are about to happen to the temple buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 13 4 lw1n ὅταν…ταῦτα…πάντα 1 when all these things “that all these things”
|
||
MRK 13 5 fe42 λέγειν αὐτοῖς 1 to say to them “to say to his disciples”
|
||
MRK 13 5 u79c figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 may lead you astray Here, **lead you astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 13 6 wv12 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 they will lead many astray Here, **will lead many astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “they will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 13 6 z63u figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name This could mean: (1) they would be claiming his authority. (2) they would be claiming that God had sent them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 13 6 l7f9 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am “I am the Christ”
|
||
MRK 13 7 fl5h ἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 you may hear of wars and rumors of wars “you may hear of wars and reports about wars.” This could mean: (1) they would hear the sounds of wars close by and news of wars far away. (2) they would hear of wars that have started and reports about wars that are about to start.
|
||
MRK 13 7 d1k9 ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος 1 but the end is not yet “but it is not yet the end” or “but the end will not happen until later” or “but the end will be later”
|
||
MRK 13 7 mi4d figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 the end This probably refers to **the end** of the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 13 8 xln4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’ 1 will rise against This idiom means to fight against one another. Alternate translation: “will fight against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 13 8 e2ln figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom The words “will rise” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “kingdom will rise against kingdom” or “the people of one kingdom will fight against the people of another kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus speaks of these disasters as **the beginnings of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 13 9 c2cl βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves “But be ready for what people will do to you”
|
||
MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils”
|
||
MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 13 9 gbb4 figs-idiom ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be made to stand before This means to be put on trial and judged. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 13 9 y6p6 figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a testimony to them This means the disciples will testify about Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “and will testify to them about me” or “and you will tell them about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 13 10 ruk9 figs-explicit καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πρῶτον δεῖ κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations Jesus is still speaking about things that must happen before the end comes. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations before the end will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit The words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 13 12 py9u παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 brother will deliver brother to death “one brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him” or “brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them.” This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother.
|
||
MRK 13 12 g3jv figs-gendernotations ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν 1 brother … brother These refers to both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “people … their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child The words “will deliver up to death” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “fathers will deliver up their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 13 12 d0t9 figs-idiom πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child This means that some fathers will betray their children, and this betrayal will cause their children to be killed. Alternate translation: “fathers will betray their children, handing them over to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 13 12 r66s figs-idiom ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents This means that **children** will oppose their **parents** and betray them. Alternate translation: “children will oppose their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 13 12 si65 figs-activepassive θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 put them to death This means that the authorities will sentence the parents to be put to death. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “cause the authorities to sentence the parents to die” or “the authorities will kill the parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Jesus uses the metonym **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here, **endures** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 13 13 vcz4 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end This could refer to: (1) the end of his life. (2) the end of that time of trouble.
|
||
MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-metaphor τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 13 14 vx3c figs-explicit ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ 1 standing where it should not be Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 13 14 ck7a figs-explicit ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get the readers’ attention, so that they would listen to this warning. Alternate translation: “may everyone who is reading this pay attention to this warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 13 15 m1hq ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος 1 on the housetop Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat, and people could stand on them.
|
||
MRK 13 16 y1e9 figs-ellipsis ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 let the one in the field not turn back to the things behind This refers to returning to his house. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the one who is in the field should not return to his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 13 17 bi8n figs-euphemism ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 to those having in the womb This is a polite way to say that someone is pregnant. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
MRK 13 18 w47v προσεύχεσθε…ἵνα 1 pray that “pray that these times” or “pray that these things”
|
||
MRK 13 18 w91r χειμῶνος 1 in winter “in the cold season” or “in the cold, rainy season.” This refers to the time of year when it is cold and unpleasant and difficult to travel.
|
||
MRK 13 19 e98e οἵα οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη 1 such as these have not happened “there has never been a worse time.” This describes how great and terrible the tribulation will be. There has never been a tribulation as terrible as this one will be.
|
||
MRK 13 19 c5sz οὐ μὴ γένηται 1 may certainly not happen “there will never be days like these again” or “after that tribulation, there will never again be a tribulation like it”
|
||
MRK 13 20 y7g6 figs-explicit μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν…τὰς ἡμέρας 1 did not cut short the days “did not shorten the time.” It may be helpful to specify which **days** are referred to. Alternate translation: “had not reduced the days of suffering” or “had not shortened the time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 13 20 kda6 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 no flesh would be saved The word **flesh** refers to people, and **saved** refers to physical salvation. Alternate translation: “no one would be saved” or “everyone would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
MRK 13 20 q8hm διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς 1 for the sake of the elect “in order to help the elect”
|
||
MRK 13 20 er43 figs-doublet τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς, οὓς ἐξελέξατο 1 the elect whom he chose The phrase **whom he chose** means the same thing as **the elect**. Together, they emphasize that God chose these people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
MRK 13 21 d9gr translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verse 21 Jesus gives a command, and in 22 he tells the reason for the command. This can be reordered with the reason first, and the command second, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||
MRK 13 22 n81i ψευδόχριστοι 1 false Christs “people who claim they are Christ”
|
||
MRK 13 22 yw81 πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν 1 to deceive “in order to deceive” or “hoping to deceive” or “trying to deceive”
|
||
MRK 13 22 j198 figs-ellipsis πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 to deceive, if possible, even the elect The phrase **even the elect** implies that the false Christs and false prophets will expect to deceive some people, but they will not know if they will be able to deceive the elect. Alternate translation: “in order to deceive people, and even deceive the elect, if that is possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 13 23 jq8p ὑμεῖς δὲ βλέπετε 1 But you, watch out “Be watchful” or “Be alert”
|
||
MRK 13 23 va6h figs-explicit προείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα 1 I have told you everything beforehand Jesus told them these things to warn them. Alternate translation: “I have told you all these things ahead of time to warn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 13 24 zy2f figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 the sun will be darkened You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sun will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 13 24 a3qv figs-personification ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς 1 the moon will not give its light Here the **moon** is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. Alternate translation: “the moon will not shine” or “the moon will be dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
MRK 13 25 z1sh figs-explicit οἱ ἀστέρες ἔσονται ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πίπτοντες 1 the stars will be falling from the sky This does not mean that they will fall to earth but that they will fall from where the are now. Alternate translation: “the stars will fall from their places in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 13 25 au6l figs-activepassive αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the powers in the heavens will shake” or “God will shake the powers that are in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 13 25 hge7 αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 the powers that are in the heavens “the powerful things in the heavens.” This could refer to: (1) the sun, moon, and stars. (2) powerful spiritual beings.
|
||
MRK 13 25 h5k1 ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 in the heavens “in the sky”
|
||
MRK 13 26 kl95 τότε ὄψονται 1 then they will see “then people will see”
|
||
MRK 13 26 h4z1 μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης 1 with great power and glory “powerfully and gloriously”
|
||
MRK 13 27 a1z2 figs-metonymy ἐπισυνάξει 1 he will gather together The word **he** refers to God and is a metonym for his angels, as they are the ones who **will gather** the elect. Alternate translation: “they will gather” or “his angels will gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 13 27 vpb6 figs-metaphor τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων 1 the four winds The whole earth is spoken of as **the four winds**, which refer to the four directions: north, south, east, and west. Alternate translation: “the north, south, east, and west” or “all parts of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 13 27 u1vp figs-merism ἀπ’ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ 1 from the end of the earth to the end of the sky These two extremes are given to emphasize that the elect will be gathered from the entire earth. Alternate translation: “from every place on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
MRK 13 28 c99s figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus gives two short parables here to remind people to be aware when the things that he has been explaining happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
MRK 13 28 u8ha ἁπαλὸς 1 tender “green and soft”
|
||
MRK 13 28 q6yc figs-personification ἐκφύῃ τὰ φύλλα 1 may put out its leaves Here the fig tree is spoken of as if it were alive and able to willingly cause its **leaves** to grow. Alternate translation: “its leaves begin to sprout” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
MRK 13 28 z417 τὸ θέρος 1 summer the warm part of the year or the growing season
|
||
MRK 13 29 q53b figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to the days of tribulation. Alternate translation: “these things I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 13 29 aul8 ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 he is near “the Son of Man is near”
|
||
MRK 13 29 z2pf figs-idiom ἐπὶ θύραις 1 at the doors This idiom means that he is very near and has almost arrived, referring to a traveler being close to arriving at the city gates. Alternate translation: “and is almost here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 13 30 tg35 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||
MRK 13 30 h72r figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 will certainly not pass away This is a polite way to talk about someone dying. Alternate translation: “will not die” or “will not end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
MRK 13 30 t66q μέχρις οὗ ταῦτα πάντα 1 until all these things The phrase **these things** refers to the days of tribulation.
|
||
MRK 13 31 k4zb figs-merism ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Heaven and earth The two extremes are given to refer to all of the sky, including the sun, moon, stars, and planets, and all of the earth. Alternate translation: “The sky, the earth, and everything in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||
MRK 13 31 bjr8 παρελεύσονται 1 will pass away “will cease to exist.” Here this phrase refers to the world ending.
|
||
MRK 13 31 ah6w figs-metaphor οἱ…λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 my words will certainly not pass away Jesus speaks of **words** not losing their power as if they were something that will never physically die. Alternate translation: “my words will never lose their power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 13 32 km5z figs-explicit τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας 1 that day or that hour This refers to the time that the Son of Man will return. Alternate translation: “that day or that hour that the Son of Man will return” or “the day or the hour that I will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 13 32 btq5 figs-ellipsis οὐδεὶς οἶδεν; οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ, οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 no one knows, not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, except the Father These words specify some of those who do not know when the Son of Man will return, different from **the Father**, who does know. Alternate translation: “no one knows—neither the angels in heaven nor the Son know—but the Father” or “neither the angels in heaven nor the Son know; no one knows but the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 13 32 z3q9 οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 the angels in heaven Here, **heaven** refers to the place where God lives.
|
||
MRK 13 32 gwh2 figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 except the Father It is best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language naturally uses to refer to a human father. Also, this is an ellipsis, stating that the Father knows when the Son will return. Alternate translation: “but only the Father knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 13 33 i43k figs-explicit πότε ὁ καιρός ἐστιν 1 what time it is You can state this clearly what **time** refers to here. Alternate translation: “when all these events will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 13 35 z7wi ἢ ὀψὲ 1 whether evening “he could return in the evening”
|
||
MRK 13 35 s8j9 ἀλεκτοροφωνίας 1 when the rooster crows The **rooster** is a bird that **crows** very early in the morning by making a loud call.
|
||
MRK 13 36 mh8t figs-metaphor εὕρῃ ὑμᾶς καθεύδοντας 1 he might find you sleeping Here Jesus speaks of not being ready as **sleeping**. Alternate translation: “find you not ready for his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 14 intro uk36 0 # Mark 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:27, 62, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The eating of the body and blood<br><br>[Mark 14:22-25](./22.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Abba, Father<br><br>“Abba” is an Aramaic word that the Jews used to speak to their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds and then translates it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 14:20](../../mrk/14/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
MRK 14 1 hwb4 0 Connecting Statement: Just two days before the Passover, the chief priests and scribes are secretly plotting to kill Jesus.
|
||
MRK 14 1 gd33 ἐν δόλῳ 1 by stealth without people noticing
|
||
MRK 14 2 em4q ἔλεγον γάρ 1 For they were saying The word **they** refers to the chief priests and the scribes.
|
||
MRK 14 2 fk19 figs-ellipsis μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 Not during the festival This refers to them not arresting Jesus during the Passover **festival**. Alternate translation: “We must not do it during the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 14 3 m95w 0 Connecting Statement: Though some were angry that the oil was used to anoint Jesus, Jesus says that the woman has anointed his body for burial before he will die.
|
||
MRK 14 3 bf84 translate-names Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ 1 of Simon the leper This man previously had leprosy but was no longer ill. This is a different man than Simon Peter and Simon the Zealot. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 14 3 sh4s κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ 1 as he is reclining at table In Jesus’ culture, when people gathered to eat, they reclined on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table.
|
||
MRK 14 3 hk2p translate-unknown ἀλάβαστρον 1 an alabaster jar This is a **jar** made from **alabaster**. Alabaster was a very expensive yellow-white stone. Alternate translation: “beautiful white stone jar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
MRK 14 3 fqa9 translate-unknown μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς 1 of very costly anointing-oil of pure nard “that contained expensive, fragrant perfume called nard.” Nard was a very expensive, sweet-smelling oil used to make perfume. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
MRK 14 3 tk9r αὐτοῦ τῆς κεφαλῆς 1 his head “Jesus’ head”
|
||
MRK 14 4 v57p figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν? 1 For what has this waste of the anointing-oil happened? They asked this question to show that they disapproved of the woman pouring the perfume on Jesus. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is terrible that she wasted that perfume!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 14 5 y113 figs-activepassive ἠδύνατο…τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι 1 this perfume was able to be sold Mark wants to show his readers that those present were mainly concerned about money. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we could have sold this perfume” or “she could have sold this perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 14 5 t4p8 translate-bmoney δηναρίων τριακοσίων 1 300 denarii Denarii are Roman silver coins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||
MRK 14 5 ciyl translate-numbers δηναρίων τριακοσίων 1 300 denarii “three hundred denarii.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||
MRK 14 5 h62k figs-nominaladj δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 given to the poor The phrase **the poor** refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “given to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
MRK 14 5 k83q figs-ellipsis δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 given to the poor This refers to giving the money from the sale of the perfume to the poor. Alternate translation: “the money given to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 14 6 r9wt figs-rquestion τί αὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε? 1 Why are you troubling her? Jesus rebukes the guests for questioning this woman’s action. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not trouble her!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 14 7 tc3j figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 the poor This refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
MRK 14 9 vr3w ἀμὴν…λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||
MRK 14 9 ysc5 figs-activepassive ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 wherever the gospel may be preached You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “wherever my followers preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 14 9 ljh1 figs-activepassive καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη, λαληθήσεται 1 what she has done will also be spoken of You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will speak about what this woman has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 14 10 pdm5 0 Connecting Statement: After the woman anoints Jesus with perfume, Judas promises to deliver Jesus to the chief priests.
|
||
MRK 14 10 z71f figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς 1 so that he might betray him to them Judas did not deliver Jesus to them yet, rather he went to make arrangements with them. Alternate translation: “in order to arrange with them that he would deliver Jesus over to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 10 dq6r αὐτὸν παραδοῖ 1 he might betray him “he would bring Jesus to them so they could capture him”
|
||
MRK 14 11 kzk1 figs-explicit οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες 1 But when they heard it It may be helpful to state clearly what the chief priests heard. Alternate translation: “But when the chief priests heard what he was willing to do for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 12 bn76 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus sends two of the disciples to prepare the Passover meal.
|
||
MRK 14 12 wpe7 figs-explicit ὅτε τὸ Πάσχα ἔθυον 1 when they were sacrificing the Passover lamb At the beginning of the Festival of Unleavened Bread, it was customary to sacrifice a lamb. Alternate translation: “when it was customary to sacrifice the Passover lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 12 bel5 figs-metonymy φάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα 1 you may eat the Passover Here the **Passover** refers to the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “eat the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 14 13 a7xg κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων 1 bearing a pitcher of water “carrying a large jar full of water”
|
||
MRK 14 14 i344 figs-quotations ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω? 1 The Teacher says, “Where is my guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?” This can be written as an indirect quote. Translate this so that it is a polite request. Alternate translation: “Our Teacher would like to know where the guest room is where he may eat the Passover with his disciples.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
MRK 14 14 q3pn τὸ κατάλυμά 1 guest room a room for visitors
|
||
MRK 14 15 x3zk figs-explicit ἐκεῖ ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν 1 make the preparations for us there They were to prepare the meal for Jesus and his disciples to eat. Alternate translation: “prepare the meal for us there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 16 sb35 ἐξῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples left “the two disciples left”
|
||
MRK 14 16 m339 καθὼς εἶπεν 1 just as he said “just as Jesus had said”
|
||
MRK 14 17 n7z4 0 Connecting Statement: That evening as Jesus and the disciples eat the Passover meal, Jesus tells them that one of them will betray him.
|
||
MRK 14 17 i1q1 figs-explicit ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα 1 he came with the Twelve It may be helpful to state where they came to. Alternate translation: “he came with the Twelve to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 18 cwl8 ἀνακειμένων αὐτῶν 1 as they were reclining at table In Jesus’ culture, when people gathered to eat, they lay down on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table.
|
||
MRK 14 18 dg95 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||
MRK 14 19 v3a1 εἷς κατὰ εἷς 1 one by one This means that “one at a time” each disciple asked him.
|
||
MRK 14 19 f13p figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ? 1 Surely not I? This could be: (1) a question for which the disciples expected the answer to be no. (2) a rhetorical question that did not require a response. Alternate translation: “Surely I am not the one who will betray you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 14 20 b25j εἷς τῶν δώδεκα 1 It is one of the Twelve “He is one of the twelve of you”
|
||
MRK 14 20 htn4 ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον 1 who is dipping with me into the bowl In Jesus’ culture, people would often eat bread, **dipping** it in a shared bowl of sauce or of oil mixed with herbs.
|
||
MRK 14 21 q5l3 ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 For the Son of Man is going away just as it has been written about him Here Jesus refers to the scriptures prophesying about his death. If you have a polite way to talk about death in your language, use it here. Alternate translation: “For the Son of Man will die in the way that the scriptures say”
|
||
MRK 14 21 ct78 figs-explicit δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 through whom the Son of Man is being betrayed You can state this more directly. Alternate translation: “who is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 22 y8j7 ἄρτον 1 bread This was a flat loaf of unleavened **bread**, which was eaten as part of the Passover meal.
|
||
MRK 14 22 ula2 figs-explicit ἔκλασεν 1 he broke it This means that he **broke** the bread into pieces for the people to eat. Alternate translation: “broke it into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 22 adb2 writing-symlanguage λάβετε, τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου 1 Take this. This is my body “Take this bread. It is my body.” Though most understand this to mean that the bread is a symbol of Jesus’ **body** and that it is not actual flesh, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||
MRK 14 23 u6rc figs-synecdoche λαβὼν ποτήριον 1 having taken a cup Here, **cup** is a metonym for wine. Alternate translation: “having taken the cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
MRK 14 24 q5hn figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν 1 This is my blood of the covenant, that is being poured out for many The **covenant** is for the forgiveness of sins. This can be written more explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is my blood that confirms the covenant, the blood that is poured out so that many may receive the forgiveness of sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 24 hs24 writing-symlanguage τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου 1 This is my blood “This wine is my blood.” Though most understand this to mean that the wine is a symbol of Jesus’ **blood** and that it is not actual blood, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||
MRK 14 25 i9yk ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||
MRK 14 25 t7ai ἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 from the fruit of the vine “wine.” This is a descriptive way to refer to wine.
|
||
MRK 14 25 y1pf καινὸν 1 new This could mean: (1) it would happen again. (2) it would happen in a new way.
|
||
MRK 14 26 l996 ὑμνήσαντες 1 having sung a hymn A **hymn** is a type of song. It was traditional for them to sing an Old Testament psalm.
|
||
MRK 14 27 pu4s λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus says to them “Jesus said to his disciples”
|
||
MRK 14 27 lty4 figs-idiom σκανδαλισθήσεσθε 1 will fall away This is an idiom that means leave. Alternate translation: “will leave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 14 27 lze6 πατάξω 1 I will strike “I will kill.” Here, **I** refers to God.
|
||
MRK 14 27 w2az figs-activepassive τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται 1 the sheep will be scattered You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will scatter the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 14 28 lv2u 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus clearly tells Peter he will deny him. Peter and all of the disciples are certain they will not deny Jesus.
|
||
MRK 14 28 dm1q figs-idiom ἐγερθῆναί με 1 I am raised up This idiom means that God will cause Jesus to become alive again after he has died. Alternate translation: “I am made alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 14 28 qi4g figs-activepassive τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 I am raised up This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “God raises me from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 14 29 div5 figs-ellipsis εἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐγώ 1 Even if all will fall away, yet not I In the phrase **yet not I**, the words “fall away” are implied Alternate translation: “Even if everyone else leaves you, I will not leave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 14 29 q9dq figs-doublenegatives εἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐγώ 1 Even if all will fall away, yet not I The implied phrase “yet I will not fall away” is a double negative and carries a positive meaning. This can be expressed in the positive if needed. Alternate translation: “Even if everyone else leaves you, I will stay with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
MRK 14 30 z2q9 ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||
MRK 14 30 i4g3 ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 the rooster crows The **rooster** is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is “crowing.”
|
||
MRK 14 30 um1m σὺ…με ἀπαρνήσῃ 1 you will deny me “you will say that you do not know me”
|
||
MRK 14 31 y9el ἐὰν δέῃ με συναποθανεῖν 1 Even if it is necessary for me to die with “Even if I must die with”
|
||
MRK 14 31 z9le ὡσαύτως…καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον 1 they all also were speaking in the same manner This means that all of the disciples said the same thing that Peter said.
|
||
MRK 14 32 ni66 0 Connecting Statement: When they go to Gethsemane on the Mount of Olives, Jesus encourages three of his disciples to stay awake while he prays. Twice he awakens them, and the third time he tells them to wake up because it is time for the betrayal.
|
||
MRK 14 32 deg7 ἔρχονται εἰς χωρίον 1 they come to a place The word **they** refers to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||
MRK 14 33 ps7u ἐκθαμβεῖσθαι 1 to be distressed to be overwhelmed with sorrow
|
||
MRK 14 33 n279 figs-metaphor ἀδημονεῖν 1 deeply troubled The word **deeply** refers to Jesus being greatly troubled in his soul. Alternate translation: “extremely troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 14 34 eyw3 figs-synecdoche ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 My soul is Jesus speaks of himself as his **soul**. Alternate translation: “I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
MRK 14 34 ic1g figs-hyperbole ἕως θανάτου 1 even to the point of death Jesus is exaggerating because he feels so much distress and sorrow that he feels like he is about to die, though he knows he will not die until after the sun rises. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
MRK 14 34 a54k γρηγορεῖτε 1 stay alert The disciples were to **stay alert** while Jesus prayed. This does not mean that they were supposed to watch Jesus pray.
|
||
MRK 14 35 nk8l figs-explicit εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν 1 if it is possible This means that if God would allow it to happen. Alternate translation: “if God would allow it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 35 wc6d figs-explicit παρέλθῃ…ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour might pass Here, **the hour** refers to Jesus’ time of suffering, both now in the garden and later. Alternate translation: “that he would not have to go through this time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 36 c11w translate-transliterate Ἀββά 1 Abba a term used by Jewish children to address their father. Since it is followed by “Father,” it is best to transliterate this word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||
MRK 14 36 t9r2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
MRK 14 36 jk6a figs-metonymy παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Remove this cup from me Jesus speaks of the suffering that he must endure as if it were a **cup**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 14 36 ha77 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλὰ τί σύ 1 But not what I will, but what you will Jesus is asking God to do what he wants to be done and not what Jesus wants. Alternate translation: “But do not do what I want, do what you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 14 37 ja6d εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας 1 finds them sleeping The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||
MRK 14 37 kp33 figs-rquestion Σίμων, καθεύδεις? οὐκ ἴσχυσας μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι? 1 Simon, are you asleep? Were you not able to stay alert for one hour? Jesus rebukes Simon Peter for sleeping. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Simon, you are asleep when I told you to stay awake. You could not even stay awake for one hour.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 14 38 zrp4 figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 so that you may not enter into temptation Jesus speaks of being tempted as if it were entering into a physical place. Alternate translation: “so that you may not be tempted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 14 38 xk5y τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak Jesus warns Simon Peter that he is not strong enough to do what he wants to do in his own strength. Alternate translation: “You are willing in your spirit, but you are too weak to do what you want to do” or “You want to do what I say, but you are weak”
|
||
MRK 14 38 c1je figs-metonymy τὸ…πνεῦμα…ἡ…σὰρξ 1 The spirit … the flesh These refer to two different aspects of Peter. Here, the **spirit** is his inmost desires and the **flesh** is his human ability and strength. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 14 39 l9nj τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον εἰπών 1 having said the same thing “having prayed again what he prayed before”
|
||
MRK 14 40 v49m εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας 1 he found them sleeping The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||
MRK 14 40 ht2p figs-metaphor ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι 1 for their eyes were weighed down Here the author speaks of a sleepy person having a hard time keeping his eyes open as having **eyes** that are **weighed down**. Alternate translation: “for they were so sleepy they were having a hard time keeping their eyes open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 14 41 x7qd figs-explicit ἔρχεται τὸ τρίτον 1 he comes the third time Jesus had gone and prayed again. Then he returned to them a **third time**. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “he went and prayed again. He returned the third time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 41 lw7w figs-rquestion καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε. 1 Are you still sleeping and resting? Jesus rebukes his disciples for not staying awake and praying. You can translate this rhetorical question as a statement if needed. Alternate translation: “You are still sleeping and resting!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 14 41 ae53 ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 The hour has come The time of Jesus’ suffering and betrayal is about to begin.
|
||
MRK 14 41 msb2 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold “Listen”
|
||
MRK 14 41 eg9m figs-activepassive παραδίδοται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man is being betrayed Jesus warns his disciples that his betrayer is approaching them. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 14 43 r9cp writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 44 gives background information about how Judas had arranged with the Jewish leaders to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
MRK 14 43 nz4t 0 Connecting Statement: Judas betrays Jesus with a kiss, and the disciples all flee.
|
||
MRK 14 44 bzj2 δὲ ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν 1 And his betrayer This refers to Judas.
|
||
MRK 14 44 lsh3 figs-explicit αὐτός ἐστιν 1 he it is This refers to the man that Judas was going to identify. Alternate translation: “he is the one you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 45 tpd4 κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 he kissed him “Judas kissed him”
|
||
MRK 14 46 y5qv figs-parallelism ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 laid hands on him and seized him These two phrases have the same meaning to emphasize that they seized Jesus. Alternate translation: “grabbed Jesus and seized him” or “seized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
MRK 14 47 m6b9 τῶν παρεστηκότων 1 of those standing by “of the people who were standing nearby”
|
||
MRK 14 48 gv6e ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 answering, Jesus said to them “Jesus said to the crowd”
|
||
MRK 14 48 eq25 figs-rquestion ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με? 1 Did you come out, as against a robber, with swords and clubs to seize me? Jesus is rebuking the crowd. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is ridiculous that you come here to seize me with swords and clubs, as if I were a robber!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 14 49 s63a ἀλλ’ ἵνα 1 But so that “But this has happened so that”
|
||
MRK 14 50 gqz8 ἔφυγον πάντες 1 they all ran away This refers to the disciples.
|
||
MRK 14 51 y5yt σινδόνα 1 a linen garment a cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant
|
||
MRK 14 51 nag4 κρατοῦσιν αὐτόν 1 they seize him “the men seized that man”
|
||
MRK 14 52 eud7 ὁ δὲ καταλιπὼν τὴν σινδόνα 1 but he, having left behind the linen garment As the man was trying to run away, the others would have grabbed at his clothing, trying to stop him.
|
||
MRK 14 53 qu33 0 Connecting Statement: After the crowd of the chief priests, scribes, and elders lead Jesus to the high priest, Peter watches nearby while some stand to give false testimony against Jesus.
|
||
MRK 14 53 s7t1 συνέρχονται πάντες οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 all the chief priests, and the elders, and the scribes gather together This can be reordered so that it is easier to understand. “all of the chief priests, the elders, and the scribes had gathered there together”
|
||
MRK 14 54 bzg7 καὶ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a shift in the story line as the author begins telling us about Peter.
|
||
MRK 14 54 l5gl figs-explicit ἕως ἔσω εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 as far as into the courtyard of the high priest As Peter followed Jesus, he stopped at the high priest’s courtyard. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “and he all the way to the courtyard of the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 54 x2g5 figs-explicit ἦν συνκαθήμενος μετὰ τῶν ὑπηρετῶν 1 he was sitting with the guards Peter sat with the guards who were working at the courtyard. Alternate translation: “he sat in the courtyard among the guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 55 w23n δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a shift in the story line as the author continues telling us about Jesus being put on trial.
|
||
MRK 14 55 fu1l figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 to put him to death They were not the ones who would execute Jesus; rather, they would order someone else to do it. Alternate translation: “so they might have someone execute Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 14 55 d9gn figs-explicit οὐχ ηὕρισκον 1 they were not finding any They did not find testimony against Jesus with which they could convict him and have him put to death. Alternate translation: “they did not find any testimony with which to convict him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 56 jpc7 ἴσαι αἱ μαρτυρίαι οὐκ ἦσαν 1 their testimony was not the same This can be written in positive form. “but their testimony contradicted each other”
|
||
MRK 14 58 f82e figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος 1 We heard him saying “We heard Jesus say.” The word **We** refers to the people who falsely testified against Jesus and does not include the people to whom they are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
MRK 14 58 e94y figs-synecdoche τὸν χειροποίητον…ἀχειροποίητον 1 made with hands … made without hands Here, **hands** refers to men. Alternate translation: “made by men … made without man’s help” or “built by men … built without man’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
MRK 14 58 k1vs διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν 1 in three days “within three days.” This means that the temple would be built within a three-day period.
|
||
MRK 14 58 hm5e figs-ellipsis ἄλλον…οἰκοδομήσω 1 I will build another The word “temple” is understood from the previous phrase. It may be repeated. Alternate translation: “I will build another temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 14 59 x6hk οὐδὲ οὕτως ἴση ἦν ἡ μαρτυρία αὐτῶν 1 not even in this manner was their testimony the same “even then what they testified contradicted each other.” This can be written in positive form.
|
||
MRK 14 60 d7i8 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus answers that he is the Christ, the high priest and all of the leaders there condemn him as one who deserves to die.
|
||
MRK 14 60 q2u1 figs-explicit ἀναστὰς…εἰς μέσον 1 having stood up in their midst Jesus stands up in the middle of the angry crowd to speak to them. Translate this to show who was present when Jesus stood in their midst. Alternate translation: “stood up among the chief priests, scribes, and elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 60 af5e figs-explicit οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν? τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 Do you not answer at all? What are these testifying against you? The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “Are you not going to reply? What do you say in response to the testimony these men are speaking against you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 61 x6ey figs-nominaladj τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ 1 of the Blessed One Here God is called **the Blessed One**. Alternate translation: “of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
MRK 14 61 o27t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ 1 the Son of the Blessed One It is best to translate **Son** with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a “son” of a human father. Alternate translation: “the Son of the Blessed One” or “the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
MRK 14 62 z5rv ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am This likely has a double meaning: (1) Jesus said this to respond to the high priest’s question. (2) Jesus also said this to call himself “I Am,” which is what God called himself in the Old Testament.
|
||
MRK 14 62 e1xd figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως 1 sitting at the right hand of power Here, **power** is a metonym that represents God. Alternate translation: “sitting at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 14 62 d5qm translate-symaction ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως 1 sitting at the right hand of power To sit **at the right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “he sits in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
MRK 14 62 z55c figs-metaphor ἐρχόμενον μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 coming with the clouds of heaven Here the **clouds** are described as accompanying Jesus when he returns. Alternate translation: “when he comes down through the clouds in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 14 63 jz48 διαρρήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ 1 having torn his garments The high priest tore his clothes purposefully to show his outrage and horror at what Jesus had said. Alternate translation: “having torn his garments in outrage”
|
||
MRK 14 63 afd3 figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 What need do we still have of witnesses? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need any more people who will testify against this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
MRK 14 64 zwf9 figs-explicit ἠκούσατε τῆς βλασφημίας 1 You heard the blasphemy This refers to what Jesus said, which the high priest called blasphemy. Alternate translation: “You have heard the blasphemy he has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 64 fu4g οἱ…πάντες 1 they all all the people in the room
|
||
MRK 14 65 y1s4 ἤρξαντό τινες 1 certain ones began some of the people in the room started
|
||
MRK 14 65 bj5e figs-explicit περικαλύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον 1 to cover his face They covered his face with a cloth or blindfold, so he could not see. Alternate translation: “to cover his face with a blindfold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 65 gvq3 figs-explicit προφήτευσον 1 Prophesy They mocked him, asking him to tell them who was hitting him. Alternate translation: “Prophesy who hit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 65 y68i οἱ ὑπηρέται 1 the officers the men who guarded the governor’s house
|
||
MRK 14 66 fj8d 0 Connecting Statement: As Jesus had predicted, Peter denies Jesus three times before the rooster crows.
|
||
MRK 14 66 m8g8 κάτω ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ 1 below in the courtyard “outside in the courtyard”
|
||
MRK 14 66 t2mx figs-explicit μία τῶν παιδισκῶν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 one of the servant girls of the high priest The **servant girls** worked for the **high priest**. Alternate translation: “one of the servant girls who worked for the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 68 l5i1 ἠρνήσατο 1 denied it This means to claim that something is not true. In this case, Peter was saying that what the servant girl said about him was not true.
|
||
MRK 14 68 d3ch figs-doublet οὔτε οἶδα, οὔτε ἐπίσταμαι σὺ τί λέγεις 1 Neither have I known nor do I understand what you are saying Both **have I known** and **I understand** have the same meaning here. The meaning is repeated to add emphasis to what Peter is saying. Alternate translation: “I really do not understand what you are talking about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
MRK 14 69 l137 ἡ παιδίσκη 1 the servant girl This is the same servant girl who identified Peter previously.
|
||
MRK 14 69 v5kr figs-explicit οὗτος ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐστιν 1 This one is from among them The people were identifying Peter as one of Jesus’ disciples. This can be made more clear. Alternate translation: “This one is one of Jesus’ disciples” or “This is one of those who have been with that man they arrested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 14 71 ce6r figs-idiom ἀναθεματίζειν 1 to curse If in your language you have to name the person who curses someone, state God. Alternate translation: “to say for God to curse him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 14 72 i7u2 εὐθὺς…ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 immediately a rooster crowed A **rooster** is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is “crowing.”
|
||
MRK 14 72 ja3e translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 a second time Here, **second** is an ordinal number. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
MRK 14 72 zr4p figs-idiom ἐπιβαλὼν 1 having broken down This idiom means that he was overwhelmed with grief and lost control of his emotions. Alternate translation: “he was overwhelmed with grief” or “he lost control of his emotions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
MRK 15 intro d823 0 # Mark 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”<br><br>The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>Both by pretending to worship Jesus ([Mark 15:19](../../mrk/15/19.md)) and by pretending to speak to a king ([Mark 15:18](../../mrk/15/18.md)), the soldiers and the Jews showed that they hated Jesus and did not believe that he was the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?<br><br>This is a phrase in Aramaic. Mark transliterates its sounds by writing them using Greek letters. He then explains its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||
MRK 15 1 mps2 0 Connecting Statement: When the chief priests, the elders, the scribes, and the council gave Jesus over to Pilate, they accused Jesus of doing many bad things. When Pilate asked if what they said was true, Jesus did not answer him.
|
||
MRK 15 1 xz7c figs-metonymy δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἀπήνεγκαν 1 having bound Jesus, led him away They commanded for Jesus to be **bound**, but it would have been the guards who actually bound him and **led him away**. Alternate translation: “commanded the guards to bind Jesus and then they led him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 15 1 v2yf παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ 1 handed him over to Pilate They had Jesus led to Pilate and transferred control of Jesus over to him.
|
||
MRK 15 2 dh6n figs-explicit σὺ λέγεις 1 You say so This could mean: (1) Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (2) Jesus was implying that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 15 3 ue18 κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ…πολλά 1 were accusing him of many things “were accusing Jesus of many things” or “were saying that Jesus had done many bad things”
|
||
MRK 15 4 c9uc ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος πάλιν ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν 1 But Pilate again was questioning him “But Pilate asked Jesus again”
|
||
MRK 15 4 s2as οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν? 1 Do you not answer at all? You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “Do you have an answer?”
|
||
MRK 15 4 pm6k ἴδε 1 See “Look at” or “Listen to” or “Pay attention to”
|
||
MRK 15 5 way9 ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 so that Pilate was amazed It surprised **Pilate** that Jesus did not reply and defend himself.
|
||
MRK 15 6 ul5e 0 Connecting Statement: Pilate, hoping the crowd will choose Jesus, offers to release a prisoner, but the crowd asks for Barabbas instead.
|
||
MRK 15 6 ul19 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line as the author shifts to telling background information about Pilate’s tradition of releasing a prisoner at feasts and about Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
MRK 15 7 fa7t ἦν δὲ ὁ λεγόμενος Βαραββᾶς, μετὰ τῶν στασιαστῶν δεδεμένος 1 And there was, bound with the rebels, one who was called Barabbas “At that time there was a man called Barabbas, who was in prison with some other men”
|
||
MRK 15 8 a4xb figs-explicit αἰτεῖσθαι καθὼς ἐποίει αὐτοῖς 1 to request of him just as he usually did for them This refers to Pilate releasing a prisoner at feasts. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “to ask him to release a prisoner to them as he had done in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 15 10 i4ib writing-background ἐγίνωσκεν γὰρ ὅτι διὰ φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 For he knew that the chief priests had handed him over because of envy This is background information about why Jesus was **handed over** to Pilate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
MRK 15 10 u647 figs-explicit διὰ φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 the chief priests had handed him over because of envy They **chief priests** envied Jesus, probably because so many people were following him and becoming his disciples. Alternate translation: “the chief priests were envious of Jesus. This is why they handed him over” or “the chief priests were envious of Jesus’ popularity among the people. This is why they handed him over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 15 11 y5w3 figs-metaphor ἀνέσεισαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 stirred up the crowd The author speaks of the chief priests rousing or urging **the crowd** as if the crowd were a bowl of something that they were stirring. Alternate translation: “roused the crowd” or “urged the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 15 11 pvu6 figs-ellipsis μᾶλλον τὸν Βαραββᾶν ἀπολύσῃ αὐτοῖς 1 he would release Barabbas to them instead They requested Pilate to **release Barabbas** **instead** of Jesus. Alternate translation: “he would release Barabbas instead of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
MRK 15 12 keq2 0 Connecting Statement: The crowd asks for Jesus’ death, so Pilate turns him over to the soldiers, who mock him, crown him with thorns, strike him, and lead him out to crucify him.
|
||
MRK 15 12 vlm3 figs-explicit τί οὖν ποιήσω λέγετε τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν Ἰουδαίων? 1 What therefore should I do to the one you call the King of the Jews? Pilate asks what he should do with Jesus if he releases Barabbas to them. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “If I release Barabbas, what then should I do with the King of the Jews?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 15 14 e55i ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 But Pilate was saying to them “But Pilate said to the crowd”
|
||
MRK 15 15 qt8y τῷ ὄχλῳ τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιῆσαι 1 to do what was pleasing to the crowd “to make the crowd happy by doing what they wanted him to do”
|
||
MRK 15 15 fwg6 τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 1 Jesus, having flogged him Pilate did not actually scourge **Jesus**, but rather his soldiers did.
|
||
MRK 15 15 yzn5 φραγελλώσας 1 having flogged him “having whipped him.” To **flog** is to beat with an especially painful whip.
|
||
MRK 15 15 r9id figs-activepassive παρέδωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 handed over Jesus, having flogged him, so that he might be crucified Pilate told his soldiers to take **Jesus** away to crucify him. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “told his soldiers to take him away and crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 15 16 eg6x τῆς αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον 1 the palace (that is, the Praetorium) This was where the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem lived, and where the governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the courtyard of the soldiers’ barracks” or “the courtyard of the governor’s residence”
|
||
MRK 15 16 b5gs ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν 1 the whole cohort of soldiers “the whole unit of soldiers”
|
||
MRK 15 17 tn33 ἐνδιδύσκουσιν αὐτὸν πορφύραν 1 They put a purple robe on him Purple was a color worn by royalty. The soldiers did not believe that Jesus was king. They clothed him this way to mock him because others said that he was the King of the Jews.
|
||
MRK 15 17 xfk8 ἀκάνθινον στέφανον 1 a crown of thorns “a crown made of thorny branches”
|
||
MRK 15 18 ft1j figs-irony Χαῖρε, Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews The greeting “Hail” with a raised hand was only used to greet the Roman emperor. The soldiers did not believe that Jesus was the king of the Jews. Rather they said this to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
MRK 15 19 gz3b καλάμῳ 1 a reed “a stick” or “a staff”
|
||
MRK 15 19 a8a9 figs-metaphor τιθέντες τὰ γόνατα 1 They knelt down A person who kneels bends his knees, so those who kneel are sometimes said to “bend their knees.” Alternate translation: “kneeled” or “knelt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 15 21 cj4l ἀγγαρεύουσιν…ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 they forced him to carry his cross According to Roman law, a solider could force a man he came upon along the road to carry a load. In this case, they forced Simon to carry Jesus’ cross.
|
||
MRK 15 21 s4j3 ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ 1 from the country “from outside the city”
|
||
MRK 15 21 cyn6 writing-background ἀγγαρεύουσιν, παράγοντά τινα Σίμωνα Κυρηναῖον, ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ, τὸν πατέρα Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Ῥούφου 1 they pressed into service a certain passerby, Simon of Cyrene (the father of Alexander and Rufus), coming from the country This is background information about the man whom the soldiers forced to carry Jesus’ cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
MRK 15 21 rtz2 translate-names Σίμωνα…Ἀλεξάνδρου…Ῥούφου 1 Simon … Alexander … Rufus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 15 21 py16 translate-names Κυρηναῖον 1 Cyrene This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 15 22 w6c7 0 Connecting Statement: The soldiers bring Jesus to Golgotha, where they crucify him with two others. Many people mock him.
|
||
MRK 15 22 e49p translate-names Κρανίου Τόπος 1 Place of a Skull “Skull Place” or “Place of the Skull.” This the name of a place. It does not mean that there are lots of skulls there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 15 22 m1dd Κρανίου 1 of a Skull A **Skull** is the head bones, or a head without any flesh on it.
|
||
MRK 15 23 e9xd figs-explicit ἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον 1 wine having been mixed with myrrh It may be helpful to explain that **myrrh** is a pain-relieving medicine. Alternate translation: “wine mixed with a medicine called myrrh” or “wine mixed with a pain-relieving medicine called myrrh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 15 25 q1ze translate-ordinal ὥρα τρίτη 1 the third hour Here, **third** here is a ordinal number. This refers to nine o’clock in the morning. Alternate translation: “nine o’clock in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
MRK 15 26 b84a τῆς αἰτίας αὐτοῦ ἐπιγεγραμμένη 1 of the charge having been written against him “of the crime they were accusing him of doing”
|
||
MRK 15 27 mgf3 figs-explicit ἕνα ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ἕνα ἐξ εὐωνύμων αὐτοῦ 1 one on his right, and one on his left This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “one on a cross on the right side of him and one on a cross on the left side of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 15 29 v8nu translate-symaction κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν 1 shaking their heads This is an action people do to show that they disapproved of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||
MRK 15 29 a7ft figs-exclamations οὐὰ 1 Aha! This is a exclamation of mockery. Use the appropriate exclamation in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||
MRK 15 29 hy37 figs-explicit ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ οἰκοδομῶν ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις 1 The one destroying the temple and rebuilding it in three days The people refer to Jesus by what he earlier prophesied that he would do. Alternate translation: “You who said you would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 15 31 n13x ὁμοίως 1 In the same way This refers to the way that the people who were walking by Jesus were mocking him.
|
||
MRK 15 31 d5se ἐμπαίζοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους 1 mocking him to each other “were saying mocking things about Jesus among themselves”
|
||
MRK 15 32 t1vm figs-irony ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω 1 Let the Christ, the King of Israel, come down The leaders did not believe that Jesus is **the Christ, the King of Israel**. Alternate translation: “He calls himself the Christ and the King of Israel. So let him come down” or “If he is really the Christ and the King of Israel, he should come down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
MRK 15 32 r6c4 figs-explicit πιστεύσωμεν 1 might believe The means to believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 15 32 dcb9 ὠνείδιζον 1 were taunting mocking, insulting
|
||
MRK 15 33 zc37 0 Connecting Statement: At noon darkness covers the whole land until three o’clock, when Jesus cries out with a loud voice and dies. When Jesus dies, the temple curtain rips from the top to the bottom.
|
||
MRK 15 33 q1gh ὥρας ἕκτης 1 the sixth hour This refers to noon or 12 PM.
|
||
MRK 15 33 jl1i figs-metaphor σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν 1 darkness came over the whole land Here the author describes it becoming dark outside as if the **darkness** were a wave that moved over the **land**. Alternate translation: “the whole land became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 15 34 r6tj τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ 1 at the ninth hour This refers to three o’clock in the afternoon. Alternate translation: “at three o’clock in the afternoon” or “in the middle of the afternoon”
|
||
MRK 15 34 ls1n translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει 1 Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani These are Aramaic words that should be copied as is into your language with similar sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||
MRK 15 34 qw71 ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον 1 is translated “means”
|
||
MRK 15 35 apg3 figs-explicit καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον 1 And some of those who had been standing by, having heard him, were saying You can state this clearly that they misunderstood what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “When some of those standing there heard his words, they misunderstood and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 15 36 a8qx ὄξους 1 with sour wine “with vinegar”
|
||
MRK 15 36 un73 καλάμῳ 1 a reed “a stick.” This was a staff made from a reed.
|
||
MRK 15 36 yb55 figs-explicit ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν 1 was giving it to him to drink “was giving it to Jesus.” The man held up the staff so that Jesus could drink wine from the sponge. Alternate translation: “held it up to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in two Mark is showing that God himself split **the curtain of the temple**. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 15 39 lg4u ὁ κεντυρίων 1 the centurion This is **the centurion** who supervised the soldiers who crucified Jesus.
|
||
MRK 15 39 y4wn ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ 1 who had stood in front of him “who stood in front of Jesus”
|
||
MRK 15 39 t828 ὅτι οὕτως ἐξέπνευσεν 1 that he had breathed his last in this way “how Jesus had died” or “the way Jesus had died”
|
||
MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
MRK 15 40 i1ee ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι 1 looking on from a distance “watching from far away”
|
||
MRK 15 40 zc9b ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 (the mother of James the younger and of Joses) This can be written without the parentheses. Alternate translation: “who was the mother of James the younger and of Joses”
|
||
MRK 15 40 p9xk Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 of James the younger “of the younger James.” This man was referred to as **the younger** probably to distinguish him from another man named James.
|
||
MRK 15 40 izn7 translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 of Joses This **Joses** was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 15 40 tw5s translate-names Σαλώμη 1 Salome **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 15 41 j15z writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἄλλαι πολλαὶ αἱ συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 When he was in Galilee they were following him and serving him, and many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem “When Jesus was in Galilee these women followed him and served him, along with many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem.” This is background information about the women who watched the crucifixion from a distance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
MRK 15 41 a3qk συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 who had come up with him to Jerusalem **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it.
|
||
MRK 15 42 lxm5 0 Connecting Statement: Joseph of Arimathea asks Pilate for the body of Jesus, which he wraps in linen and puts in a tomb.
|
||
MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-metaphor ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης 1 when evening had already come Here, **evening** is spoken of as if it were something that is able to **come** from one place to another. Alternate translation: “when it had already become evening” or “when it was evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to Pilate The phrase **having come** refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
MRK 15 43 wgz8 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph who was from Arimathea “Joseph from Arimathea.” **Joseph** is the name of a man, and **Arimathea** is the name of the place his is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God This is background information about Joseph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
MRK 15 43 zm1u τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 he boldly went in to Pilate “he boldly went to Pilate” or “he boldly went in to where Pilate was”
|
||
MRK 15 43 zvw4 figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 asked for the body of Jesus You can state this clearly that he wanted to get **the body** so that he could bury it. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 15 44 z3gl figs-explicit ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἐθαύμασεν εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν; καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν κεντυρίωνα 1 But Pilate was wondering if he had already died, and having called the centurion **Pilate** heard people saying that Jesus was dead. This surprised him, so he asked **the centurion** if it was true. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Pilate was amazed when he heard that Jesus was already dead, so calling the centurion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
MRK 15 45 v5ys ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 he gave the body to Joseph “he permitted Joseph to take Jesus’ body”
|
||
MRK 15 46 g4c9 σινδόνα 1 a linen cloth Linen is cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant. See how you translated this in [Mark 14:51](../14/51.md).
|
||
MRK 15 46 eb9h figs-metonymy καθελὼν αὐτὸν…προσεκύλισεν λίθον 1 having taken him down … he rolled a stone You may need to make explicit that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, and closed the tomb. Alternate translation: “after he and others took him down … they rolled a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
MRK 15 46 g9hf figs-activepassive μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας 1 a tomb that had been cut from a rock You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a tomb that someone had previously cut out of solid rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 15 46 bw4k λίθον ἐπὶ 1 a stone against “a huge flat stone in front of”
|
||
MRK 15 47 m782 translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 of Joses This **Joses** was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive ποῦ τέθειται 1 where he was laid You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the place where Joseph and the others buried Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### A young man dressed in a white robe<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
|
||
MRK 16 1 cw1b 0 Connecting Statement: On the first day of the week, women come early because they expect to use spices to anoint Jesus’ body. They are surprised to see a young man who tells them Jesus is alive, but they are afraid and do not tell anyone.
|
||
MRK 16 1 p61n καὶ διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 And the Sabbath having passed That is, after **the Sabbath**, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun.
|
||
MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |